mirror of
https://github.com/mozilla/gecko-dev.git
synced 2024-11-07 20:17:37 +00:00
7322 lines
256 KiB
C++
7322 lines
256 KiB
C++
/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
|
|
/* vim: set ts=2 sw=2 et tw=78: */
|
|
/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
|
|
* License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
|
|
* file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
|
|
|
|
#include "nsLayoutUtils.h"
|
|
|
|
#include "mozilla/ArrayUtils.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/BasicEvents.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/gfx/PathHelpers.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/Maybe.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/MemoryReporting.h"
|
|
#include "nsCharTraits.h"
|
|
#include "nsFontMetrics.h"
|
|
#include "nsPresContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsIContent.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDOMHTMLDocument.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDOMHTMLElement.h"
|
|
#include "nsFrameList.h"
|
|
#include "nsGkAtoms.h"
|
|
#include "nsIAtom.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSPseudoElements.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSAnonBoxes.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSColorUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsView.h"
|
|
#include "nsViewManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsPlaceholderFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsIScrollableFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDOMEvent.h"
|
|
#include "nsDisplayList.h"
|
|
#include "nsRegion.h"
|
|
#include "nsFrameManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsBlockFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsBidiPresUtils.h"
|
|
#include "imgIContainer.h"
|
|
#include "ImageOps.h"
|
|
#include "ImageRegion.h"
|
|
#include "gfxRect.h"
|
|
#include "gfxContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsRenderingContext.h"
|
|
#include "nsIInterfaceRequestorUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSRendering.h"
|
|
#include "nsThemeConstants.h"
|
|
#include "nsPIDOMWindow.h"
|
|
#include "nsIDocShell.h"
|
|
#include "nsIWidget.h"
|
|
#include "gfxMatrix.h"
|
|
#include "gfxPrefs.h"
|
|
#include "gfxTypes.h"
|
|
#include "nsTArray.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/HTMLCanvasElement.h"
|
|
#include "nsICanvasRenderingContextInternal.h"
|
|
#include "gfxPlatform.h"
|
|
#include <algorithm>
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/HTMLVideoElement.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/HTMLImageElement.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/DOMRect.h"
|
|
#include "imgIRequest.h"
|
|
#include "nsIImageLoadingContent.h"
|
|
#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
|
|
#include "nsCSSProps.h"
|
|
#include "nsListControlFrame.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/dom/Element.h"
|
|
#include "nsCanvasFrame.h"
|
|
#include "gfxDrawable.h"
|
|
#include "gfxUtils.h"
|
|
#include "nsDataHashtable.h"
|
|
#include "nsTextFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsFontFaceList.h"
|
|
#include "nsFontInflationData.h"
|
|
#include "nsSVGUtils.h"
|
|
#include "SVGImageContext.h"
|
|
#include "SVGTextFrame.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleStructInlines.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleTransformMatrix.h"
|
|
#include "nsStyleUtil.h"
|
|
#include "nsIFrameInlines.h"
|
|
#include "ImageContainer.h"
|
|
#include "nsComputedDOMStyle.h"
|
|
#include "ActiveLayerTracker.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/gfx/2D.h"
|
|
#include "gfx2DGlue.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/LookAndFeel.h"
|
|
#include "UnitTransforms.h"
|
|
#include "TiledLayerBuffer.h" // For TILEDLAYERBUFFER_TILE_SIZE
|
|
#include "ClientLayerManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsRefreshDriver.h"
|
|
#include "nsIContentViewer.h"
|
|
#include "LayersLogging.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/Preferences.h"
|
|
#include "nsFrameSelection.h"
|
|
#include "FrameLayerBuilder.h"
|
|
#include "mozilla/layers/APZCTreeManager.h"
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
|
|
#include "nsXULPopupManager.h"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#include "GeckoProfiler.h"
|
|
#include "nsAnimationManager.h"
|
|
#include "nsTransitionManager.h"
|
|
#include "RestyleManager.h"
|
|
|
|
|
|
using namespace mozilla;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::dom;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::image;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::layers;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::layout;
|
|
using namespace mozilla::gfx;
|
|
|
|
#define GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME "layout.css.grid.enabled"
|
|
#define RUBY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME "layout.css.ruby.enabled"
|
|
#define STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME "layout.css.sticky.enabled"
|
|
#define TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME "layout.css.text-align-true-value.enabled"
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
// TODO: remove, see bug 598468.
|
|
bool nsLayoutUtils::gPreventAssertInCompareTreePosition = false;
|
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|
|
|
typedef FrameMetrics::ViewID ViewID;
|
|
|
|
/* static */ uint32_t nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationEmPerLine;
|
|
/* static */ uint32_t nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationMinTwips;
|
|
/* static */ uint32_t nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationLineThreshold;
|
|
/* static */ int32_t nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationMappingIntercept;
|
|
/* static */ uint32_t nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationMaxRatio;
|
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationForceEnabled;
|
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sFontSizeInflationDisabledInMasterProcess;
|
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sInvalidationDebuggingIsEnabled;
|
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sCSSVariablesEnabled;
|
|
/* static */ bool nsLayoutUtils::sInterruptibleReflowEnabled;
|
|
|
|
static ViewID sScrollIdCounter = FrameMetrics::START_SCROLL_ID;
|
|
|
|
typedef nsDataHashtable<nsUint64HashKey, nsIContent*> ContentMap;
|
|
static ContentMap* sContentMap = nullptr;
|
|
static ContentMap& GetContentMap() {
|
|
if (!sContentMap) {
|
|
sContentMap = new ContentMap();
|
|
}
|
|
return *sContentMap;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When the pref "layout.css.grid.enabled" changes, this function is invoked
|
|
// to let us update kDisplayKTable, to selectively disable or restore the
|
|
// entries for "grid" and "inline-grid" in that table.
|
|
static void
|
|
GridEnabledPrefChangeCallback(const char* aPrefName, void* aClosure)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(strncmp(aPrefName, GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|
ArrayLength(GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME)) == 0,
|
|
"We only registered this callback for a single pref, so it "
|
|
"should only be called for that pref");
|
|
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfGridInDisplayTable;
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfInlineGridInDisplayTable;
|
|
static bool sAreGridKeywordIndicesInitialized; // initialized to false
|
|
|
|
bool isGridEnabled =
|
|
Preferences::GetBool(GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, false);
|
|
if (!sAreGridKeywordIndicesInitialized) {
|
|
// First run: find the position of "grid" and "inline-grid" in
|
|
// kDisplayKTable.
|
|
sIndexOfGridInDisplayTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_grid,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfGridInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find grid in kDisplayKTable");
|
|
sIndexOfInlineGridInDisplayTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_inline_grid,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfInlineGridInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find inline-grid in kDisplayKTable");
|
|
sAreGridKeywordIndicesInitialized = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// OK -- now, stomp on or restore the "grid" entries in kDisplayKTable,
|
|
// depending on whether the grid pref is enabled vs. disabled.
|
|
if (sIndexOfGridInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfGridInDisplayTable] =
|
|
isGridEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_grid : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
if (sIndexOfInlineGridInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfInlineGridInDisplayTable] =
|
|
isGridEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_inline_grid : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
RubyEnabledPrefChangeCallback(const char* aPrefName, void* aClosure)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(strncmp(aPrefName, RUBY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|
ArrayLength(RUBY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME)) == 0,
|
|
"We only registered this callback for a single pref, so it "
|
|
"should only be called for that pref");
|
|
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfRubyInDisplayTable;
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfRubyBaseInDisplayTable;
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfRubyBaseContainerInDisplayTable;
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfRubyTextInDisplayTable;
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfRubyTextContainerInDisplayTable;
|
|
static bool sAreRubyKeywordIndicesInitialized; // initialized to false
|
|
|
|
bool isRubyEnabled =
|
|
Preferences::GetBool(RUBY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, false);
|
|
if (!sAreRubyKeywordIndicesInitialized) {
|
|
// First run: find the position of the ruby display values in
|
|
// kDisplayKTable.
|
|
sIndexOfRubyInDisplayTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_ruby,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfRubyInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find ruby in kDisplayKTable");
|
|
sIndexOfRubyBaseInDisplayTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_ruby_base,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfRubyBaseInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find ruby-base in kDisplayKTable");
|
|
sIndexOfRubyBaseContainerInDisplayTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_ruby_base_container,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfRubyBaseContainerInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find ruby-base-container in kDisplayKTable");
|
|
sIndexOfRubyTextInDisplayTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_ruby_text,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfRubyTextInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find ruby-text in kDisplayKTable");
|
|
sIndexOfRubyTextContainerInDisplayTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_ruby_text_container,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfRubyTextContainerInDisplayTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find ruby-text-container in kDisplayKTable");
|
|
sAreRubyKeywordIndicesInitialized = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// OK -- now, stomp on or restore the "ruby" entries in kDisplayKTable,
|
|
// depending on whether the ruby pref is enabled vs. disabled.
|
|
if (sIndexOfRubyInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfRubyInDisplayTable] =
|
|
isRubyEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_ruby : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
if (sIndexOfRubyBaseInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfRubyBaseInDisplayTable] =
|
|
isRubyEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_ruby_base : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
if (sIndexOfRubyBaseContainerInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfRubyBaseContainerInDisplayTable] =
|
|
isRubyEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_ruby_base_container : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
if (sIndexOfRubyTextInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfRubyTextInDisplayTable] =
|
|
isRubyEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_ruby_text : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
if (sIndexOfRubyTextContainerInDisplayTable >= 0) {
|
|
nsCSSProps::kDisplayKTable[sIndexOfRubyTextContainerInDisplayTable] =
|
|
isRubyEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_ruby_text_container : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When the pref "layout.css.sticky.enabled" changes, this function is invoked
|
|
// to let us update kPositionKTable, to selectively disable or restore the
|
|
// entry for "sticky" in that table.
|
|
static void
|
|
StickyEnabledPrefChangeCallback(const char* aPrefName, void* aClosure)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(strncmp(aPrefName, STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|
ArrayLength(STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME)) == 0,
|
|
"We only registered this callback for a single pref, so it "
|
|
"should only be called for that pref");
|
|
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfStickyInPositionTable;
|
|
static bool sIsStickyKeywordIndexInitialized; // initialized to false
|
|
|
|
bool isStickyEnabled =
|
|
Preferences::GetBool(STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, false);
|
|
|
|
if (!sIsStickyKeywordIndexInitialized) {
|
|
// First run: find the position of "sticky" in kPositionKTable.
|
|
sIndexOfStickyInPositionTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_sticky,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kPositionKTable);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfStickyInPositionTable >= 0,
|
|
"Couldn't find sticky in kPositionKTable");
|
|
sIsStickyKeywordIndexInitialized = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// OK -- now, stomp on or restore the "sticky" entry in kPositionKTable,
|
|
// depending on whether the sticky pref is enabled vs. disabled.
|
|
nsCSSProps::kPositionKTable[sIndexOfStickyInPositionTable] =
|
|
isStickyEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_sticky : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// When the pref "layout.css.text-align-true-value.enabled" changes, this
|
|
// function is called to let us update kTextAlignKTable & kTextAlignLastKTable,
|
|
// to selectively disable or restore the entries for "true" in those tables.
|
|
static void
|
|
TextAlignTrueEnabledPrefChangeCallback(const char* aPrefName, void* aClosure)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(strcmp(aPrefName, TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME) == 0,
|
|
"Did you misspell " TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME " ?");
|
|
|
|
static bool sIsInitialized;
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignTable;
|
|
static int32_t sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignLastTable;
|
|
bool isTextAlignTrueEnabled =
|
|
Preferences::GetBool(TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, false);
|
|
|
|
if (!sIsInitialized) {
|
|
// First run: find the position of "true" in kTextAlignKTable.
|
|
sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_true,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kTextAlignKTable);
|
|
// First run: find the position of "true" in kTextAlignLastKTable.
|
|
sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignLastTable =
|
|
nsCSSProps::FindIndexOfKeyword(eCSSKeyword_true,
|
|
nsCSSProps::kTextAlignLastKTable);
|
|
sIsInitialized = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// OK -- now, stomp on or restore the "true" entry in the keyword tables,
|
|
// depending on whether the pref is enabled vs. disabled.
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignTable >= 0);
|
|
nsCSSProps::kTextAlignKTable[sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignTable] =
|
|
isTextAlignTrueEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_true : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignLastTable >= 0);
|
|
nsCSSProps::kTextAlignLastKTable[sIndexOfTrueInTextAlignLastTable] =
|
|
isTextAlignTrueEnabled ? eCSSKeyword_true : eCSSKeyword_UNKNOWN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static AnimationPlayerCollection*
|
|
GetAnimationsOrTransitionsForCompositor(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsIAtom* aAnimationProperty,
|
|
nsCSSProperty aProperty)
|
|
{
|
|
AnimationPlayerCollection* collection =
|
|
static_cast<AnimationPlayerCollection*>(
|
|
aContent->GetProperty(aAnimationProperty));
|
|
if (collection) {
|
|
bool propertyMatches = collection->HasAnimationOfProperty(aProperty);
|
|
if (propertyMatches &&
|
|
collection->CanPerformOnCompositorThread(
|
|
AnimationPlayerCollection::CanAnimate_AllowPartial)) {
|
|
return collection;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasAnimationsForCompositor(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsCSSProperty aProperty)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aContent->MayHaveAnimations())
|
|
return false;
|
|
return GetAnimationsOrTransitionsForCompositor(
|
|
aContent, nsGkAtoms::animationsProperty, aProperty) ||
|
|
GetAnimationsOrTransitionsForCompositor(
|
|
aContent, nsGkAtoms::transitionsProperty, aProperty);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static AnimationPlayerCollection*
|
|
GetAnimationsOrTransitions(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsIAtom* aAnimationProperty,
|
|
nsCSSProperty aProperty)
|
|
{
|
|
AnimationPlayerCollection* collection =
|
|
static_cast<AnimationPlayerCollection*>(aContent->GetProperty(
|
|
aAnimationProperty));
|
|
if (collection) {
|
|
bool propertyMatches = collection->HasAnimationOfProperty(aProperty);
|
|
if (propertyMatches) {
|
|
return collection;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasAnimations(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsCSSProperty aProperty)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aContent->MayHaveAnimations())
|
|
return false;
|
|
return GetAnimationsOrTransitions(aContent, nsGkAtoms::animationsProperty,
|
|
aProperty) ||
|
|
GetAnimationsOrTransitions(aContent, nsGkAtoms::transitionsProperty,
|
|
aProperty);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasCurrentAnimations(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsIAtom* aAnimationProperty)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aContent->MayHaveAnimations())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
AnimationPlayerCollection* collection =
|
|
static_cast<AnimationPlayerCollection*>(
|
|
aContent->GetProperty(aAnimationProperty));
|
|
return (collection && collection->HasCurrentAnimations());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasCurrentAnimationsForProperty(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsCSSProperty aProperty)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aContent->MayHaveAnimations())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
static nsIAtom* const sAnimProps[] = { nsGkAtoms::transitionsProperty,
|
|
nsGkAtoms::animationsProperty,
|
|
nullptr };
|
|
for (nsIAtom* const* animProp = sAnimProps; *animProp; animProp++) {
|
|
AnimationPlayerCollection* collection =
|
|
static_cast<AnimationPlayerCollection*>(aContent->GetProperty(*animProp));
|
|
if (collection && collection->HasCurrentAnimationsForProperty(aProperty))
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gfxSize
|
|
GetScaleForValue(const StyleAnimationValue& aValue, nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("No frame.");
|
|
return gfxSize();
|
|
}
|
|
if (aValue.GetUnit() != StyleAnimationValue::eUnit_Transform) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Expected a transform.");
|
|
return gfxSize();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCSSValueSharedList* list = aValue.GetCSSValueSharedListValue();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(list->mHead);
|
|
|
|
if (list->mHead->mValue.GetUnit() == eCSSUnit_None) {
|
|
// There is an animation, but no actual transform yet.
|
|
return gfxSize();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect frameBounds = aFrame->GetRect();
|
|
bool dontCare;
|
|
gfx3DMatrix transform = nsStyleTransformMatrix::ReadTransforms(
|
|
list->mHead,
|
|
aFrame->StyleContext(),
|
|
aFrame->PresContext(), dontCare, frameBounds,
|
|
aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|
|
|
gfxMatrix transform2d;
|
|
bool canDraw2D = transform.CanDraw2D(&transform2d);
|
|
if (!canDraw2D) {
|
|
return gfxSize();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return transform2d.ScaleFactors(true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static float
|
|
GetSuitableScale(float aMaxScale, float aMinScale)
|
|
{
|
|
// If the minimum scale >= 1.0f, use it; if the maximum <= 1.0f, use it;
|
|
// otherwise use 1.0f.
|
|
if (aMinScale >= 1.0f) {
|
|
return aMinScale;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (aMaxScale <= 1.0f) {
|
|
return aMaxScale;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 1.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
GetMinAndMaxScaleForAnimationProperty(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsIAtom* aAnimationProperty,
|
|
gfxSize& aMaxScale,
|
|
gfxSize& aMinScale)
|
|
{
|
|
AnimationPlayerCollection* collection =
|
|
GetAnimationsOrTransitionsForCompositor(aContent, aAnimationProperty,
|
|
eCSSProperty_transform);
|
|
if (!collection)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
for (size_t playerIdx = collection->mPlayers.Length(); playerIdx-- != 0; ) {
|
|
AnimationPlayer* player = collection->mPlayers[playerIdx];
|
|
if (!player->GetSource() || player->GetSource()->IsFinishedTransition()) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
dom::Animation* anim = player->GetSource();
|
|
for (size_t propIdx = anim->Properties().Length(); propIdx-- != 0; ) {
|
|
AnimationProperty& prop = anim->Properties()[propIdx];
|
|
if (prop.mProperty == eCSSProperty_transform) {
|
|
for (uint32_t segIdx = prop.mSegments.Length(); segIdx-- != 0; ) {
|
|
AnimationPropertySegment& segment = prop.mSegments[segIdx];
|
|
gfxSize from = GetScaleForValue(segment.mFromValue,
|
|
aContent->GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
aMaxScale.width = std::max<float>(aMaxScale.width, from.width);
|
|
aMaxScale.height = std::max<float>(aMaxScale.height, from.height);
|
|
aMinScale.width = std::min<float>(aMinScale.width, from.width);
|
|
aMinScale.height = std::min<float>(aMinScale.height, from.height);
|
|
gfxSize to = GetScaleForValue(segment.mToValue,
|
|
aContent->GetPrimaryFrame());
|
|
aMaxScale.width = std::max<float>(aMaxScale.width, to.width);
|
|
aMaxScale.height = std::max<float>(aMaxScale.height, to.height);
|
|
aMinScale.width = std::min<float>(aMinScale.width, to.width);
|
|
aMinScale.height = std::min<float>(aMinScale.height, to.height);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gfxSize
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeSuitableScaleForAnimation(nsIContent* aContent)
|
|
{
|
|
gfxSize maxScale(1.0f, 1.0f);
|
|
gfxSize minScale(1.0f, 1.0f);
|
|
|
|
GetMinAndMaxScaleForAnimationProperty(aContent,
|
|
nsGkAtoms::animationsProperty, maxScale, minScale);
|
|
GetMinAndMaxScaleForAnimationProperty(aContent,
|
|
nsGkAtoms::transitionsProperty, maxScale, minScale);
|
|
|
|
return gfxSize(GetSuitableScale(maxScale.width, minScale.width),
|
|
GetSuitableScale(maxScale.height, minScale.height));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::AreAsyncAnimationsEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sAreAsyncAnimationsEnabled;
|
|
static bool sAsyncPrefCached = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sAsyncPrefCached) {
|
|
sAsyncPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sAreAsyncAnimationsEnabled,
|
|
"layers.offmainthreadcomposition.async-animations");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sAreAsyncAnimationsEnabled &&
|
|
gfxPlatform::OffMainThreadCompositingEnabled();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsAnimationLoggingEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sShouldLog;
|
|
static bool sShouldLogPrefCached;
|
|
|
|
if (!sShouldLogPrefCached) {
|
|
sShouldLogPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sShouldLog,
|
|
"layers.offmainthreadcomposition.log-animations");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sShouldLog;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::UseBackgroundNearestFiltering()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringEnabled;
|
|
static bool sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringPrefInitialised = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringPrefInitialised) {
|
|
sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringPrefInitialised = true;
|
|
sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringEnabled =
|
|
Preferences::GetBool("gfx.filter.nearest.force-enabled", false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sUseBackgroundNearestFilteringEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GPUImageScalingEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sGPUImageScalingEnabled;
|
|
static bool sGPUImageScalingPrefInitialised = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sGPUImageScalingPrefInitialised) {
|
|
sGPUImageScalingPrefInitialised = true;
|
|
sGPUImageScalingEnabled =
|
|
Preferences::GetBool("layout.gpu-image-scaling.enabled", false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sGPUImageScalingEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::AnimatedImageLayersEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sAnimatedImageLayersEnabled;
|
|
static bool sAnimatedImageLayersPrefCached = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sAnimatedImageLayersPrefCached) {
|
|
sAnimatedImageLayersPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sAnimatedImageLayersEnabled,
|
|
"layout.animated-image-layers.enabled",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sAnimatedImageLayersEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CSSFiltersEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sCSSFiltersEnabled;
|
|
static bool sCSSFiltersPrefCached = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sCSSFiltersPrefCached) {
|
|
sCSSFiltersPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sCSSFiltersEnabled,
|
|
"layout.css.filters.enabled",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sCSSFiltersEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CSSClipPathShapesEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sCSSClipPathShapesEnabled;
|
|
static bool sCSSClipPathShapesPrefCached = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sCSSClipPathShapesPrefCached) {
|
|
sCSSClipPathShapesPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sCSSClipPathShapesEnabled,
|
|
"layout.css.clip-path-shapes.enabled",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sCSSClipPathShapesEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::UnsetValueEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sUnsetValueEnabled;
|
|
static bool sUnsetValuePrefCached = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sUnsetValuePrefCached) {
|
|
sUnsetValuePrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sUnsetValueEnabled,
|
|
"layout.css.unset-value.enabled",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sUnsetValueEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsTextAlignTrueValueEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sTextAlignTrueValueEnabled;
|
|
static bool sTextAlignTrueValueEnabledPrefCached = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sTextAlignTrueValueEnabledPrefCached) {
|
|
sTextAlignTrueValueEnabledPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sTextAlignTrueValueEnabled,
|
|
TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return sTextAlignTrueValueEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::UnionChildOverflow(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsOverflowAreas& aOverflowAreas,
|
|
FrameChildListIDs aSkipChildLists)
|
|
{
|
|
// Iterate over all children except pop-ups.
|
|
FrameChildListIDs skip = aSkipChildLists |
|
|
nsIFrame::kSelectPopupList | nsIFrame::kPopupList;
|
|
for (nsIFrame::ChildListIterator childLists(aFrame);
|
|
!childLists.IsDone(); childLists.Next()) {
|
|
if (skip.Contains(childLists.CurrentID())) {
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsFrameList children = childLists.CurrentList();
|
|
for (nsFrameList::Enumerator e(children); !e.AtEnd(); e.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = e.get();
|
|
nsOverflowAreas childOverflow =
|
|
child->GetOverflowAreas() + child->GetPosition();
|
|
aOverflowAreas.UnionWith(childOverflow);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void DestroyViewID(void* aObject, nsIAtom* aPropertyName,
|
|
void* aPropertyValue, void* aData)
|
|
{
|
|
ViewID* id = static_cast<ViewID*>(aPropertyValue);
|
|
GetContentMap().Remove(*id);
|
|
delete id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* A namespace class for static layout utilities.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindIDFor(const nsIContent* aContent, ViewID* aOutViewId)
|
|
{
|
|
void* scrollIdProperty = aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::RemoteId);
|
|
if (scrollIdProperty) {
|
|
*aOutViewId = *static_cast<ViewID*>(scrollIdProperty);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ViewID
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindOrCreateIDFor(nsIContent* aContent)
|
|
{
|
|
ViewID scrollId;
|
|
|
|
if (!FindIDFor(aContent, &scrollId)) {
|
|
scrollId = sScrollIdCounter++;
|
|
aContent->SetProperty(nsGkAtoms::RemoteId, new ViewID(scrollId),
|
|
DestroyViewID);
|
|
GetContentMap().Put(scrollId, aContent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return scrollId;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIContent*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindContentFor(ViewID aId)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aId != FrameMetrics::NULL_SCROLL_ID,
|
|
"Cannot find a content element in map for null IDs.");
|
|
nsIContent* content;
|
|
bool exists = GetContentMap().Get(aId, &content);
|
|
|
|
if (exists) {
|
|
return content;
|
|
} else {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindScrollableFrameFor(ViewID aId)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIContent* content = FindContentFor(aId);
|
|
if (!content) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* scrolledFrame = content->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|
if (scrolledFrame && content->OwnerDoc()->GetRootElement() == content) {
|
|
// The content is the root element of a subdocument, so return the root scrollable
|
|
// for the subdocument.
|
|
scrolledFrame = scrolledFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
return scrolledFrame ? scrolledFrame->GetScrollTargetFrame() : nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsRect
|
|
ApplyRectMultiplier(nsRect aRect, float aMultiplier)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aMultiplier == 1.0f) {
|
|
return aRect;
|
|
}
|
|
float newWidth = aRect.width * aMultiplier;
|
|
float newHeight = aRect.height * aMultiplier;
|
|
float newX = aRect.x - ((newWidth - aRect.width) / 2.0f);
|
|
float newY = aRect.y - ((newHeight - aRect.height) / 2.0f);
|
|
// Rounding doesn't matter too much here, do a round-in
|
|
return nsRect(ceil(newX), ceil(newY), floor(newWidth), floor(newHeight));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsRect
|
|
GetDisplayPortFromRectData(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
DisplayPortPropertyData* aRectData,
|
|
float aMultiplier)
|
|
{
|
|
// In the case where the displayport is set as a rect, we assume it is
|
|
// already aligned and clamped as necessary. The burden to do that is
|
|
// on the setter of the displayport. In practice very few places set the
|
|
// displayport directly as a rect (mostly tests). We still do need to
|
|
// expand it by the multiplier though.
|
|
return ApplyRectMultiplier(aRectData->mRect, aMultiplier);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsRect
|
|
GetDisplayPortFromMarginsData(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData* aMarginsData,
|
|
float aMultiplier)
|
|
{
|
|
// In the case where the displayport is set via margins, we apply the margins
|
|
// to a base rect. Then we align the expanded rect based on the alignment
|
|
// requested, further expand the rect by the multiplier, and finally, clamp it
|
|
// to the size of the scrollable rect.
|
|
|
|
nsRect base;
|
|
if (nsRect* baseData = static_cast<nsRect*>(aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortBase))) {
|
|
base = *baseData;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Attempting to get a margins-based displayport with no base data!");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = aContent->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|
if (!frame) {
|
|
// Turns out we can't really compute it. Oops. We still should return
|
|
// something sane. Note that although we can apply the multiplier on the
|
|
// base rect here, we can't tile-align or clamp the rect without a frame.
|
|
NS_WARNING("Attempting to get a displayport from a content with no primary frame!");
|
|
return ApplyRectMultiplier(base, aMultiplier);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool isRoot = false;
|
|
if (aContent->OwnerDoc()->GetRootElement() == aContent) {
|
|
// We want the scroll frame, the root scroll frame differs from all
|
|
// others in that the primary frame is not the scroll frame.
|
|
frame = frame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
isRoot = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint scrollPos;
|
|
if (nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = frame->GetScrollTargetFrame()) {
|
|
scrollPos = scrollableFrame->GetScrollPosition();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = frame->PresContext();
|
|
int32_t auPerDevPixel = presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
gfxSize res = presContext->PresShell()->GetCumulativeResolution();
|
|
|
|
// First convert the base rect to layer pixels
|
|
gfxSize parentRes = res;
|
|
if (isRoot) {
|
|
// the base rect for root scroll frames is specified in the parent document
|
|
// coordinate space, so it doesn't include the local resolution.
|
|
gfxSize localRes = presContext->PresShell()->GetResolution();
|
|
parentRes.width /= localRes.width;
|
|
parentRes.height /= localRes.height;
|
|
}
|
|
LayerRect layerRect(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(base.x, auPerDevPixel) * parentRes.width,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(base.y, auPerDevPixel) * parentRes.height,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(base.width, auPerDevPixel) * parentRes.width,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(base.height, auPerDevPixel) * parentRes.height);
|
|
|
|
// Expand the rect by the margins
|
|
layerRect.Inflate(aMarginsData->mMargins);
|
|
|
|
// And then align it to the requested alignment
|
|
if (aMarginsData->mAlignmentX > 0 || aMarginsData->mAlignmentY > 0) {
|
|
// Inflate the rectangle by 1 so that we always push to the next tile
|
|
// boundary. This is desirable to stop from having a rectangle with a
|
|
// moving origin occasionally being smaller when it coincidentally lines
|
|
// up to tile boundaries.
|
|
layerRect.Inflate(1);
|
|
|
|
// Avoid division by zero.
|
|
if (aMarginsData->mAlignmentX == 0) {
|
|
aMarginsData->mAlignmentX = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aMarginsData->mAlignmentY == 0) {
|
|
aMarginsData->mAlignmentY = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
LayerPoint scrollPosLayer(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(scrollPos.x, auPerDevPixel) * res.width,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(scrollPos.y, auPerDevPixel) * res.height);
|
|
|
|
layerRect += scrollPosLayer;
|
|
float x = aMarginsData->mAlignmentX * floor(layerRect.x / aMarginsData->mAlignmentX);
|
|
float y = aMarginsData->mAlignmentY * floor(layerRect.y / aMarginsData->mAlignmentY);
|
|
float w = aMarginsData->mAlignmentX * ceil(layerRect.XMost() / aMarginsData->mAlignmentX) - x;
|
|
float h = aMarginsData->mAlignmentY * ceil(layerRect.YMost() / aMarginsData->mAlignmentY) - y;
|
|
layerRect = LayerRect(x, y, w, h);
|
|
layerRect -= scrollPosLayer;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Convert the aligned rect back into app units
|
|
nsRect result(NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(layerRect.x / res.width, auPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(layerRect.y / res.height, auPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(layerRect.width / res.width, auPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(layerRect.height / res.height, auPerDevPixel));
|
|
|
|
// Expand it for the low-res buffer if needed
|
|
result = ApplyRectMultiplier(result, aMultiplier);
|
|
|
|
// Finally, clamp it to the expanded scrollable rect.
|
|
nsRect expandedScrollableRect = nsLayoutUtils::CalculateExpandedScrollableRect(frame);
|
|
result = expandedScrollableRect.Intersect(result + scrollPos) - scrollPos;
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
GetDisplayPortImpl(nsIContent* aContent, nsRect *aResult, float aMultiplier)
|
|
{
|
|
DisplayPortPropertyData* rectData =
|
|
static_cast<DisplayPortPropertyData*>(aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPort));
|
|
DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData* marginsData =
|
|
static_cast<DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData*>(aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortMargins));
|
|
|
|
if (!rectData && !marginsData) {
|
|
// This content element has no displayport data at all
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!aResult) {
|
|
// We have displayport data, but the caller doesn't want the actual
|
|
// rect, so we don't need to actually compute it.
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (rectData && marginsData) {
|
|
// choose margins if equal priority
|
|
if (rectData->mPriority > marginsData->mPriority) {
|
|
marginsData = nullptr;
|
|
} else {
|
|
rectData = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION((rectData == nullptr) != (marginsData == nullptr),
|
|
"Only one of rectData or marginsData should be set!");
|
|
|
|
if (rectData) {
|
|
*aResult = GetDisplayPortFromRectData(aContent, rectData, aMultiplier);
|
|
} else {
|
|
*aResult = GetDisplayPortFromMarginsData(aContent, marginsData, aMultiplier);
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayPort(nsIContent* aContent, nsRect *aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
if (gfxPrefs::UseLowPrecisionBuffer()) {
|
|
return GetDisplayPortImpl(aContent, aResult, 1.0f / gfxPrefs::LowPrecisionResolution());
|
|
}
|
|
return GetDisplayPortImpl(aContent, aResult, 1.0f);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetDisplayPortMargins(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsIPresShell* aPresShell,
|
|
const LayerMargin& aMargins,
|
|
uint32_t aAlignmentX,
|
|
uint32_t aAlignmentY,
|
|
uint32_t aPriority,
|
|
RepaintMode aRepaintMode)
|
|
{
|
|
DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData* currentData =
|
|
static_cast<DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData*>(aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortMargins));
|
|
if (currentData && currentData->mPriority > aPriority) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aContent->SetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortMargins,
|
|
new DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData(
|
|
aMargins, aAlignmentX, aAlignmentY, aPriority),
|
|
nsINode::DeleteProperty<DisplayPortMarginsPropertyData>);
|
|
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::UsesAsyncScrolling()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame = aPresShell->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
if (rootScrollFrame && aContent == rootScrollFrame->GetContent()) {
|
|
// We are setting a root displayport for a document.
|
|
// If we have APZ, then set a special flag on the pres shell so
|
|
// that we don't get scrollbars drawn.
|
|
aPresShell->SetIgnoreViewportScrolling(true);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRepaintMode == RepaintMode::Repaint) {
|
|
nsIFrame* rootFrame = aPresShell->FrameManager()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
if (rootFrame) {
|
|
rootFrame->SchedulePaint();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetDisplayPortBase(nsIContent* aContent, const nsRect& aBase)
|
|
{
|
|
aContent->SetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortBase, new nsRect(aBase),
|
|
nsINode::DeleteProperty<nsRect>);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetDisplayPortBaseIfNotSet(nsIContent* aContent, const nsRect& aBase)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aContent->GetProperty(nsGkAtoms::DisplayPortBase)) {
|
|
SetDisplayPortBase(aContent, aBase);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetCriticalDisplayPort(nsIContent* aContent, nsRect* aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
if (gfxPrefs::UseLowPrecisionBuffer()) {
|
|
return GetDisplayPortImpl(aContent, aResult, 1.0f);
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsContainerFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::LastContinuationWithChild(nsContainerFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aFrame->LastContinuation();
|
|
while (!f->GetFirstPrincipalChild() && f->GetPrevContinuation()) {
|
|
f = f->GetPrevContinuation();
|
|
}
|
|
return static_cast<nsContainerFrame*>(f);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GetFirstChildFrame returns the first "real" child frame of a
|
|
* given frame. It will descend down into pseudo-frames (unless the
|
|
* pseudo-frame is the :before generated frame).
|
|
* @param aFrame the frame
|
|
* @param aFrame the frame's content node
|
|
*/
|
|
static nsIFrame*
|
|
GetFirstChildFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsIContent* aContent)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
|
|
// Get the first child frame
|
|
nsIFrame* childFrame = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|
|
|
// If the child frame is a pseudo-frame, then return its first child.
|
|
// Note that the frame we create for the generated content is also a
|
|
// pseudo-frame and so don't drill down in that case
|
|
if (childFrame &&
|
|
childFrame->IsPseudoFrame(aContent) &&
|
|
!childFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|
return GetFirstChildFrame(childFrame, aContent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return childFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* GetLastChildFrame returns the last "real" child frame of a
|
|
* given frame. It will descend down into pseudo-frames (unless the
|
|
* pseudo-frame is the :after generated frame).
|
|
* @param aFrame the frame
|
|
* @param aFrame the frame's content node
|
|
*/
|
|
static nsIFrame*
|
|
GetLastChildFrame(nsContainerFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsIContent* aContent)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
|
|
// Get the last continuation frame that's a parent
|
|
nsContainerFrame* lastParentContinuation =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::LastContinuationWithChild(aFrame);
|
|
nsIFrame* lastChildFrame =
|
|
lastParentContinuation->GetLastChild(nsIFrame::kPrincipalList);
|
|
if (lastChildFrame) {
|
|
// Get the frame's first continuation. This matters in case the frame has
|
|
// been continued across multiple lines or split by BiDi resolution.
|
|
lastChildFrame = lastChildFrame->FirstContinuation();
|
|
|
|
// If the last child frame is a pseudo-frame, then return its last child.
|
|
// Note that the frame we create for the generated content is also a
|
|
// pseudo-frame and so don't drill down in that case
|
|
if (lastChildFrame &&
|
|
lastChildFrame->IsPseudoFrame(aContent) &&
|
|
!lastChildFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|
return GetLastChildFrame(static_cast<nsContainerFrame*>(lastChildFrame),
|
|
aContent);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return lastChildFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//static
|
|
FrameChildListID
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetChildListNameFor(nsIFrame* aChildFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListID id = nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|
|
|
if (aChildFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IS_OVERFLOW_CONTAINER) {
|
|
nsIFrame* pif = aChildFrame->GetPrevInFlow();
|
|
if (pif->GetParent() == aChildFrame->GetParent()) {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kExcessOverflowContainersList;
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kOverflowContainersList;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// See if the frame is moved out of the flow
|
|
else if (aChildFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW) {
|
|
// Look at the style information to tell
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay* disp = aChildFrame->StyleDisplay();
|
|
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_POSITION_ABSOLUTE == disp->mPosition) {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kAbsoluteList;
|
|
} else if (NS_STYLE_POSITION_FIXED == disp->mPosition) {
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::IsReallyFixedPos(aChildFrame)) {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kFixedList;
|
|
} else {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kAbsoluteList;
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
|
|
} else if (NS_STYLE_DISPLAY_POPUP == disp->mDisplay) {
|
|
// Out-of-flows that are DISPLAY_POPUP must be kids of the root popup set
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aChildFrame->GetParent();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(parent && parent->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::popupSetFrame,
|
|
"Unexpected parent");
|
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kPopupList;
|
|
#endif // MOZ_XUL
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aChildFrame->IsFloating(), "not a floated frame");
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kFloatList;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsIAtom* childType = aChildFrame->GetType();
|
|
if (nsGkAtoms::menuPopupFrame == childType) {
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aChildFrame->GetParent();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(parent, "nsMenuPopupFrame can't be the root frame");
|
|
if (parent) {
|
|
if (parent->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::popupSetFrame) {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kPopupList;
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsIFrame* firstPopup = parent->GetFirstChild(nsIFrame::kPopupList);
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!firstPopup || !firstPopup->GetNextSibling(),
|
|
"We assume popupList only has one child, but it has more.");
|
|
id = firstPopup == aChildFrame
|
|
? nsIFrame::kPopupList
|
|
: nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (nsGkAtoms::tableColGroupFrame == childType) {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kColGroupList;
|
|
} else if (nsGkAtoms::tableCaptionFrame == childType) {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kCaptionList;
|
|
} else {
|
|
id = nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
// Verify that the frame is actually in that child list or in the
|
|
// corresponding overflow list.
|
|
nsContainerFrame* parent = aChildFrame->GetParent();
|
|
bool found = parent->GetChildList(id).ContainsFrame(aChildFrame);
|
|
if (!found) {
|
|
if (!(aChildFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)) {
|
|
found = parent->GetChildList(nsIFrame::kOverflowList)
|
|
.ContainsFrame(aChildFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (aChildFrame->IsFloating()) {
|
|
found = parent->GetChildList(nsIFrame::kOverflowOutOfFlowList)
|
|
.ContainsFrame(aChildFrame);
|
|
if (!found) {
|
|
found = parent->GetChildList(nsIFrame::kPushedFloatsList)
|
|
.ContainsFrame(aChildFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// else it's positioned and should have been on the 'id' child list.
|
|
NS_POSTCONDITION(found, "not in child list");
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return id;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetBeforeFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aFrame->GetPrevContinuation(),
|
|
"aFrame must be first continuation");
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* cif = aFrame->GetContentInsertionFrame();
|
|
if (!cif) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* firstFrame = GetFirstChildFrame(cif, aFrame->GetContent());
|
|
if (firstFrame && IsGeneratedContentFor(nullptr, firstFrame,
|
|
nsCSSPseudoElements::before)) {
|
|
return firstFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAfterFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
|
|
nsContainerFrame* cif = aFrame->GetContentInsertionFrame();
|
|
if (!cif) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* lastFrame = GetLastChildFrame(cif, aFrame->GetContent());
|
|
if (lastFrame && IsGeneratedContentFor(nullptr, lastFrame,
|
|
nsCSSPseudoElements::after)) {
|
|
return lastFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestFrameOfType(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIAtom* aFrameType)
|
|
{
|
|
for (nsIFrame* frame = aFrame; frame; frame = frame->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (frame->GetType() == aFrameType) {
|
|
return frame;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetStyleFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::tableOuterFrame) {
|
|
nsIFrame* inner = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(inner, "Outer table must have an inner");
|
|
return inner;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return aFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetStyleFrame(const nsIContent* aContent)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *frame = aContent->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|
if (!frame) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsLayoutUtils::GetStyleFrame(frame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFloatFromPlaceholder(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame == aFrame->GetType(),
|
|
"Must have a placeholder here");
|
|
if (aFrame->GetStateBits() & PLACEHOLDER_FOR_FLOAT) {
|
|
nsIFrame *outOfFlowFrame =
|
|
nsPlaceholderFrame::GetRealFrameForPlaceholder(aFrame);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(outOfFlowFrame->IsFloating(),
|
|
"How did that happen?");
|
|
return outOfFlowFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsGeneratedContentFor(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsIAtom* aPseudoElement)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "Must have a frame");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aPseudoElement, "Must have a pseudo name");
|
|
|
|
if (!aFrame->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(parent, "Generated content can't be root frame");
|
|
if (parent->IsGeneratedContentFrame()) {
|
|
// Not the root of the generated content
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aContent && parent->GetContent() != aContent) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return (aFrame->GetContent()->Tag() == nsGkAtoms::mozgeneratedcontentbefore) ==
|
|
(aPseudoElement == nsCSSPseudoElements::before);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsPoint* aExtraOffset)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* p = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|
if (p)
|
|
return p;
|
|
|
|
nsView* v = aFrame->GetView();
|
|
if (!v)
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
v = v->GetParent(); // anonymous inner view
|
|
if (!v)
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
if (aExtraOffset) {
|
|
*aExtraOffset += v->GetPosition();
|
|
}
|
|
v = v->GetParent(); // subdocumentframe's view
|
|
return v ? v->GetFrame() : nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsProperAncestorFrameCrossDoc(nsIFrame* aAncestorFrame, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsIFrame* aCommonAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aFrame == aAncestorFrame)
|
|
return false;
|
|
return IsAncestorFrameCrossDoc(aAncestorFrame, aFrame, aCommonAncestor);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsAncestorFrameCrossDoc(const nsIFrame* aAncestorFrame, const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aCommonAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
for (const nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f != aCommonAncestor;
|
|
f = GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|
if (f == aAncestorFrame)
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return aCommonAncestor == aAncestorFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsProperAncestorFrame(nsIFrame* aAncestorFrame, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsIFrame* aCommonAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aFrame == aAncestorFrame)
|
|
return false;
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f != aCommonAncestor; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (f == aAncestorFrame)
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return aCommonAncestor == aAncestorFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
int32_t
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DoCompareTreePosition(nsIContent* aContent1,
|
|
nsIContent* aContent2,
|
|
int32_t aIf1Ancestor,
|
|
int32_t aIf2Ancestor,
|
|
const nsIContent* aCommonAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aContent1, "aContent1 must not be null");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aContent2, "aContent2 must not be null");
|
|
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsINode*, 32> content1Ancestors;
|
|
nsINode* c1;
|
|
for (c1 = aContent1; c1 && c1 != aCommonAncestor; c1 = c1->GetParentNode()) {
|
|
content1Ancestors.AppendElement(c1);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!c1 && aCommonAncestor) {
|
|
// So, it turns out aCommonAncestor was not an ancestor of c1. Oops.
|
|
// Never mind. We can continue as if aCommonAncestor was null.
|
|
aCommonAncestor = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsINode*, 32> content2Ancestors;
|
|
nsINode* c2;
|
|
for (c2 = aContent2; c2 && c2 != aCommonAncestor; c2 = c2->GetParentNode()) {
|
|
content2Ancestors.AppendElement(c2);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!c2 && aCommonAncestor) {
|
|
// So, it turns out aCommonAncestor was not an ancestor of c2.
|
|
// We need to retry with no common ancestor hint.
|
|
return DoCompareTreePosition(aContent1, aContent2,
|
|
aIf1Ancestor, aIf2Ancestor, nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int last1 = content1Ancestors.Length() - 1;
|
|
int last2 = content2Ancestors.Length() - 1;
|
|
nsINode* content1Ancestor = nullptr;
|
|
nsINode* content2Ancestor = nullptr;
|
|
while (last1 >= 0 && last2 >= 0
|
|
&& ((content1Ancestor = content1Ancestors.ElementAt(last1)) ==
|
|
(content2Ancestor = content2Ancestors.ElementAt(last2)))) {
|
|
last1--;
|
|
last2--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (last1 < 0) {
|
|
if (last2 < 0) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aContent1 == aContent2, "internal error?");
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
// aContent1 is an ancestor of aContent2
|
|
return aIf1Ancestor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (last2 < 0) {
|
|
// aContent2 is an ancestor of aContent1
|
|
return aIf2Ancestor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// content1Ancestor != content2Ancestor, so they must be siblings with the same parent
|
|
nsINode* parent = content1Ancestor->GetParentNode();
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
// TODO: remove the uglyness, see bug 598468.
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(gPreventAssertInCompareTreePosition || parent,
|
|
"no common ancestor at all???");
|
|
#endif // DEBUG
|
|
if (!parent) { // different documents??
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t index1 = parent->IndexOf(content1Ancestor);
|
|
int32_t index2 = parent->IndexOf(content2Ancestor);
|
|
if (index1 < 0 || index2 < 0) {
|
|
// one of them must be anonymous; we can't determine the order
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return index1 - index2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FillAncestors(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsIFrame* aStopAtAncestor,
|
|
nsTArray<nsIFrame*>* aAncestors)
|
|
{
|
|
while (aFrame && aFrame != aStopAtAncestor) {
|
|
aAncestors->AppendElement(aFrame);
|
|
aFrame = nsLayoutUtils::GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
return aFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Return true if aFrame1 is after aFrame2
|
|
static bool IsFrameAfter(nsIFrame* aFrame1, nsIFrame* aFrame2)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aFrame2;
|
|
do {
|
|
f = f->GetNextSibling();
|
|
if (f == aFrame1)
|
|
return true;
|
|
} while (f);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
int32_t
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DoCompareTreePosition(nsIFrame* aFrame1,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame2,
|
|
int32_t aIf1Ancestor,
|
|
int32_t aIf2Ancestor,
|
|
nsIFrame* aCommonAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame1, "aFrame1 must not be null");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame2, "aFrame2 must not be null");
|
|
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,20> frame2Ancestors;
|
|
nsIFrame* nonCommonAncestor =
|
|
FillAncestors(aFrame2, aCommonAncestor, &frame2Ancestors);
|
|
|
|
return DoCompareTreePosition(aFrame1, aFrame2, frame2Ancestors,
|
|
aIf1Ancestor, aIf2Ancestor,
|
|
nonCommonAncestor ? aCommonAncestor : nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
int32_t
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DoCompareTreePosition(nsIFrame* aFrame1,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame2,
|
|
nsTArray<nsIFrame*>& aFrame2Ancestors,
|
|
int32_t aIf1Ancestor,
|
|
int32_t aIf2Ancestor,
|
|
nsIFrame* aCommonAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame1, "aFrame1 must not be null");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame2, "aFrame2 must not be null");
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame1->PresContext();
|
|
if (presContext != aFrame2->PresContext()) {
|
|
NS_ERROR("no common ancestor at all, different documents");
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,20> frame1Ancestors;
|
|
if (aCommonAncestor &&
|
|
!FillAncestors(aFrame1, aCommonAncestor, &frame1Ancestors)) {
|
|
// We reached the root of the frame tree ... if aCommonAncestor was set,
|
|
// it is wrong
|
|
return DoCompareTreePosition(aFrame1, aFrame2,
|
|
aIf1Ancestor, aIf2Ancestor, nullptr);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t last1 = int32_t(frame1Ancestors.Length()) - 1;
|
|
int32_t last2 = int32_t(aFrame2Ancestors.Length()) - 1;
|
|
while (last1 >= 0 && last2 >= 0 &&
|
|
frame1Ancestors[last1] == aFrame2Ancestors[last2]) {
|
|
last1--;
|
|
last2--;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (last1 < 0) {
|
|
if (last2 < 0) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame1 == aFrame2, "internal error?");
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
// aFrame1 is an ancestor of aFrame2
|
|
return aIf1Ancestor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (last2 < 0) {
|
|
// aFrame2 is an ancestor of aFrame1
|
|
return aIf2Ancestor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* ancestor1 = frame1Ancestors[last1];
|
|
nsIFrame* ancestor2 = aFrame2Ancestors[last2];
|
|
// Now we should be able to walk sibling chains to find which one is first
|
|
if (IsFrameAfter(ancestor2, ancestor1))
|
|
return -1;
|
|
if (IsFrameAfter(ancestor1, ancestor2))
|
|
return 1;
|
|
NS_WARNING("Frames were in different child lists???");
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIFrame* nsLayoutUtils::GetLastSibling(nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|
if (!aFrame) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* next;
|
|
while ((next = aFrame->GetNextSibling()) != nullptr) {
|
|
aFrame = next;
|
|
}
|
|
return aFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsView*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindSiblingViewFor(nsView* aParentView, nsIFrame* aFrame) {
|
|
nsIFrame* parentViewFrame = aParentView->GetFrame();
|
|
nsIContent* parentViewContent = parentViewFrame ? parentViewFrame->GetContent() : nullptr;
|
|
for (nsView* insertBefore = aParentView->GetFirstChild(); insertBefore;
|
|
insertBefore = insertBefore->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* f = insertBefore->GetFrame();
|
|
if (!f) {
|
|
// this view could be some anonymous view attached to a meaningful parent
|
|
for (nsView* searchView = insertBefore->GetParent(); searchView;
|
|
searchView = searchView->GetParent()) {
|
|
f = searchView->GetFrame();
|
|
if (f) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(f, "Can't find a frame anywhere!");
|
|
}
|
|
if (!f || !aFrame->GetContent() || !f->GetContent() ||
|
|
CompareTreePosition(aFrame->GetContent(), f->GetContent(), parentViewContent) > 0) {
|
|
// aFrame's content is after f's content (or we just don't know),
|
|
// so put our view before f's view
|
|
return insertBefore;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//static
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetScrollableFrameFor(const nsIFrame *aScrolledFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *frame = aScrolledFrame->GetParent();
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame *sf = do_QueryFrame(frame);
|
|
return (sf && sf->GetScrolledFrame() == aScrolledFrame) ? sf : nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetFixedPositionLayerData(Layer* aLayer,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aViewportFrame,
|
|
const nsRect& aAnchorRect,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aFixedPosFrame,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
const ContainerLayerParameters& aContainerParameters) {
|
|
// Find out the rect of the viewport frame relative to the reference frame.
|
|
// This, in conjunction with the container scale, will correspond to the
|
|
// coordinate-space of the built layer.
|
|
float factor = aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
Rect anchorRect(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aAnchorRect.x, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mXScale,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aAnchorRect.y, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mYScale,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aAnchorRect.width, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mXScale,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aAnchorRect.height, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mYScale);
|
|
// Need to transform anchorRect from the container layer's coordinate system
|
|
// into aLayer's coordinate system.
|
|
Matrix transform2d;
|
|
if (aLayer->GetTransform().Is2D(&transform2d)) {
|
|
transform2d.Invert();
|
|
anchorRect = transform2d.TransformBounds(anchorRect);
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ERROR("3D transform found between fixedpos content and its viewport (should never happen)");
|
|
anchorRect = Rect(0,0,0,0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Work out the anchor point for this fixed position layer. We assume that
|
|
// any positioning set (left/top/right/bottom) indicates that the
|
|
// corresponding side of its container should be the anchor point,
|
|
// defaulting to top-left.
|
|
LayerPoint anchor(anchorRect.x, anchorRect.y);
|
|
// Make sure the layer is aware of any fixed position margins that have
|
|
// been set.
|
|
nsMargin fixedMargins = aPresContext->PresShell()->GetContentDocumentFixedPositionMargins();
|
|
LayerMargin fixedLayerMargins(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(fixedMargins.top, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mYScale,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(fixedMargins.right, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mXScale,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(fixedMargins.bottom, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mYScale,
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(fixedMargins.left, factor) *
|
|
aContainerParameters.mXScale);
|
|
|
|
if (aFixedPosFrame != aViewportFrame) {
|
|
const nsStylePosition* position = aFixedPosFrame->StylePosition();
|
|
if (position->mOffset.GetRightUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
if (position->mOffset.GetLeftUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
anchor.x = anchorRect.x + anchorRect.width / 2.f;
|
|
} else {
|
|
anchor.x = anchorRect.XMost();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (position->mOffset.GetBottomUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
if (position->mOffset.GetTopUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
anchor.y = anchorRect.y + anchorRect.height / 2.f;
|
|
} else {
|
|
anchor.y = anchorRect.YMost();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the frame is auto-positioned on either axis, set the top/left layer
|
|
// margins to -1, to indicate to the compositor that this layer is
|
|
// unaffected by fixed margins.
|
|
if (position->mOffset.GetLeftUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto &&
|
|
position->mOffset.GetRightUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
fixedLayerMargins.left = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (position->mOffset.GetTopUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto &&
|
|
position->mOffset.GetBottomUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
fixedLayerMargins.top = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aLayer->SetFixedPositionAnchor(anchor);
|
|
aLayer->SetFixedPositionMargins(fixedLayerMargins);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ViewportHasDisplayPort(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nsRect* aDisplayPort)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame =
|
|
aPresContext->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
return rootScrollFrame &&
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayPort(rootScrollFrame->GetContent(), aDisplayPort);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsFixedPosFrameInDisplayPort(const nsIFrame* aFrame, nsRect* aDisplayPort)
|
|
{
|
|
// Fixed-pos frames are parented by the viewport frame or the page content frame.
|
|
// We'll assume that printing/print preview don't have displayports for their
|
|
// pages!
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = aFrame->GetParent();
|
|
if (!parent || parent->GetParent() ||
|
|
aFrame->StyleDisplay()->mPosition != NS_STYLE_POSITION_FIXED) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return ViewportHasDisplayPort(aFrame->PresContext(), aDisplayPort);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_DECLARE_FRAME_PROPERTY(ScrollbarThumbLayerized, nullptr)
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetScrollbarThumbLayerization(nsIFrame* aThumbFrame, bool aLayerize)
|
|
{
|
|
aThumbFrame->Properties().Set(ScrollbarThumbLayerized(),
|
|
reinterpret_cast<void*>(intptr_t(aLayerize)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
IsScrollbarThumbLayerized(nsIFrame* aThumbFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
return reinterpret_cast<intptr_t>(aThumbFrame->Properties().Get(ScrollbarThumbLayerized()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAnimatedGeometryRootForFrame(nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aStopAtAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aFrame;
|
|
nsIFrame* stickyFrame = nullptr;
|
|
while (f != aStopAtAncestor) {
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(f))
|
|
break;
|
|
if (ActiveLayerTracker::IsOffsetOrMarginStyleAnimated(f))
|
|
break;
|
|
if (!f->GetParent() &&
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ViewportHasDisplayPort(f->PresContext())) {
|
|
// Viewport frames in a display port need to be animated geometry roots
|
|
// for background-attachment:fixed elements.
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f);
|
|
if (!parent)
|
|
break;
|
|
nsIAtom* parentType = parent->GetType();
|
|
// Treat the slider thumb as being as an active scrolled root when it wants
|
|
// its own layer so that it can move without repainting.
|
|
if (parentType == nsGkAtoms::sliderFrame && IsScrollbarThumbLayerized(f)) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
// Sticky frames are active if their nearest scrollable frame
|
|
// is also active, just keep a record of sticky frames that we
|
|
// encounter for now.
|
|
if (f->StyleDisplay()->mPosition == NS_STYLE_POSITION_STICKY &&
|
|
!stickyFrame) {
|
|
stickyFrame = f;
|
|
}
|
|
if (parentType == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame) {
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* sf = do_QueryFrame(parent);
|
|
if (sf->IsScrollingActive(aBuilder) && sf->GetScrolledFrame() == f) {
|
|
// If we found a sticky frame inside this active scroll frame,
|
|
// then use that. Otherwise use the scroll frame.
|
|
if (stickyFrame) {
|
|
return stickyFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
return f;
|
|
} else {
|
|
stickyFrame = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// Fixed-pos frames are parented by the viewport frame, which has no parent
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::IsFixedPosFrameInDisplayPort(f)) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
f = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAnimatedGeometryRootFor(nsDisplayItem* aItem,
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder* aBuilder,
|
|
LayerManager* aManager)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aItem->Frame();
|
|
if (aItem->GetType() == nsDisplayItem::TYPE_SCROLL_LAYER) {
|
|
nsDisplayScrollLayer* scrollLayerItem =
|
|
static_cast<nsDisplayScrollLayer*>(aItem);
|
|
nsIFrame* scrolledFrame = scrollLayerItem->GetScrolledFrame();
|
|
return GetAnimatedGeometryRootForFrame(aBuilder, scrolledFrame,
|
|
aBuilder->FindReferenceFrameFor(scrolledFrame));
|
|
}
|
|
if (aItem->ShouldFixToViewport(aManager)) {
|
|
// Make its active scrolled root be the active scrolled root of
|
|
// the enclosing viewport, since it shouldn't be scrolled by scrolled
|
|
// frames in its document. InvalidateFixedBackgroundFramesFromList in
|
|
// nsGfxScrollFrame will not repaint this item when scrolling occurs.
|
|
nsIFrame* viewportFrame =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestFrameOfType(f, nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(viewportFrame, "no viewport???");
|
|
return GetAnimatedGeometryRootForFrame(aBuilder, viewportFrame,
|
|
aBuilder->FindReferenceFrameFor(viewportFrame));
|
|
}
|
|
return GetAnimatedGeometryRootForFrame(aBuilder, f, aItem->ReferenceFrame());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrameForDirection(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
Direction aDirection)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "GetNearestScrollableFrameForDirection expects a non-null frame");
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f; f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = do_QueryFrame(f);
|
|
if (scrollableFrame) {
|
|
ScrollbarStyles ss = scrollableFrame->GetScrollbarStyles();
|
|
uint32_t directions = scrollableFrame->GetPerceivedScrollingDirections();
|
|
if (aDirection == eVertical ?
|
|
(ss.mVertical != NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN &&
|
|
(directions & nsIScrollableFrame::VERTICAL)) :
|
|
(ss.mHorizontal != NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN &&
|
|
(directions & nsIScrollableFrame::HORIZONTAL)))
|
|
return scrollableFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNearestScrollableFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame, uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aFrame, "GetNearestScrollableFrame expects a non-null frame");
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f; f = (aFlags & SCROLLABLE_SAME_DOC) ?
|
|
f->GetParent() : nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = do_QueryFrame(f);
|
|
if (scrollableFrame) {
|
|
ScrollbarStyles ss = scrollableFrame->GetScrollbarStyles();
|
|
if ((aFlags & SCROLLABLE_INCLUDE_HIDDEN) ||
|
|
ss.mVertical != NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN ||
|
|
ss.mHorizontal != NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN)
|
|
return scrollableFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// static
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetScrolledRect(nsIFrame* aScrolledFrame,
|
|
const nsRect& aScrolledFrameOverflowArea,
|
|
const nsSize& aScrollPortSize,
|
|
uint8_t aDirection)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord x1 = aScrolledFrameOverflowArea.x,
|
|
x2 = aScrolledFrameOverflowArea.XMost(),
|
|
y1 = aScrolledFrameOverflowArea.y,
|
|
y2 = aScrolledFrameOverflowArea.YMost();
|
|
if (y1 < 0) {
|
|
y1 = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aDirection != NS_STYLE_DIRECTION_RTL) {
|
|
if (x1 < 0) {
|
|
x1 = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (x2 > aScrollPortSize.width) {
|
|
x2 = aScrollPortSize.width;
|
|
}
|
|
// When the scrolled frame chooses a size larger than its available width (because
|
|
// its padding alone is larger than the available width), we need to keep the
|
|
// start-edge of the scroll frame anchored to the start-edge of the scrollport.
|
|
// When the scrolled frame is RTL, this means moving it in our left-based
|
|
// coordinate system, so we need to compensate for its extra width here by
|
|
// effectively repositioning the frame.
|
|
nscoord extraWidth = std::max(0, aScrolledFrame->GetSize().width - aScrollPortSize.width);
|
|
x2 += extraWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
return nsRect(x1, y1, x2 - x1, y2 - y1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
//static
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasPseudoStyle(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
nsCSSPseudoElements::Type aPseudoElement,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aPresContext, "Must have a prescontext");
|
|
|
|
nsRefPtr<nsStyleContext> pseudoContext;
|
|
if (aContent) {
|
|
pseudoContext = aPresContext->StyleSet()->
|
|
ProbePseudoElementStyle(aContent->AsElement(), aPseudoElement,
|
|
aStyleContext);
|
|
}
|
|
return pseudoContext != nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDOMEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(nsIDOMEvent* aDOMEvent, nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aDOMEvent)
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
WidgetEvent* event = aDOMEvent->GetInternalNSEvent();
|
|
if (!event)
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
return GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(event, aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(const WidgetEvent* aEvent,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aEvent || (aEvent->mClass != eMouseEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != eMouseScrollEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != eWheelEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != eDragEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != eSimpleGestureEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != ePointerEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != eGestureNotifyEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != eTouchEventClass &&
|
|
aEvent->mClass != eQueryContentEventClass))
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
|
|
return GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(aEvent,
|
|
LayoutDeviceIntPoint::ToUntyped(aEvent->AsGUIEvent()->refPoint),
|
|
aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(const WidgetEvent* aEvent,
|
|
const nsIntPoint aPoint,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = aEvent->AsGUIEvent()->widget;
|
|
if (!widget) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(widget, aPoint, aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(nsIWidget* aWidget,
|
|
const nsIntPoint aPoint,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame || !aWidget) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsView* view = aFrame->GetView();
|
|
if (view) {
|
|
nsIWidget* frameWidget = view->GetWidget();
|
|
if (frameWidget && frameWidget == aWidget) {
|
|
// Special case this cause it happens a lot.
|
|
// This also fixes bug 664707, events in the extra-special case of select
|
|
// dropdown popups that are transformed.
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
nsPoint pt(presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(aPoint.x),
|
|
presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(aPoint.y));
|
|
return pt - view->ViewToWidgetOffset();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* If we walk up the frame tree and discover that any of the frames are
|
|
* transformed, we need to do extra work to convert from the global
|
|
* space to the local space.
|
|
*/
|
|
nsIFrame* rootFrame = aFrame;
|
|
bool transformFound = false;
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame; f; f = GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|
if (f->IsTransformed()) {
|
|
transformFound = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
rootFrame = f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsView* rootView = rootFrame->GetView();
|
|
if (!rootView) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint widgetToView = TranslateWidgetToView(rootFrame->PresContext(),
|
|
aWidget, aPoint, rootView);
|
|
|
|
if (widgetToView == nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE)) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Convert from root document app units to app units of the document aFrame
|
|
// is in.
|
|
int32_t rootAPD = rootFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
int32_t localAPD = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
widgetToView = widgetToView.ConvertAppUnits(rootAPD, localAPD);
|
|
|
|
/* If we encountered a transform, we can't do simple arithmetic to figure
|
|
* out how to convert back to aFrame's coordinates and must use the CTM.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (transformFound || aFrame->IsSVGText()) {
|
|
return TransformRootPointToFrame(aFrame, widgetToView);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Otherwise, all coordinate systems are translations of one another,
|
|
* so we can just subtract out the difference.
|
|
*/
|
|
return widgetToView - aFrame->GetOffsetToCrossDoc(rootFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetPopupFrameForEventCoordinates(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
const WidgetEvent* aEvent)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_XUL
|
|
nsXULPopupManager* pm = nsXULPopupManager::GetInstance();
|
|
if (!pm) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
nsTArray<nsIFrame*> popups;
|
|
pm->GetVisiblePopups(popups);
|
|
uint32_t i;
|
|
// Search from top to bottom
|
|
for (i = 0; i < popups.Length(); i++) {
|
|
nsIFrame* popup = popups[i];
|
|
if (popup->PresContext()->GetRootPresContext() == aPresContext &&
|
|
popup->GetScrollableOverflowRect().Contains(
|
|
GetEventCoordinatesRelativeTo(aEvent, popup))) {
|
|
return popup;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ConstrainToCoordValues(float& aStart, float& aSize)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aSize >= 0);
|
|
|
|
// Here we try to make sure that the resulting nsRect will continue to cover
|
|
// as much of the area that was covered by the original gfx Rect as possible.
|
|
|
|
// We clamp the bounds of the rect to {nscoord_MIN,nscoord_MAX} since
|
|
// nsRect::X/Y() and nsRect::XMost/YMost() can't return values outwith this
|
|
// range:
|
|
float end = aStart + aSize;
|
|
aStart = clamped(aStart, float(nscoord_MIN), float(nscoord_MAX));
|
|
end = clamped(end, float(nscoord_MIN), float(nscoord_MAX));
|
|
|
|
aSize = end - aStart;
|
|
|
|
// We must also clamp aSize to {0,nscoord_MAX} since nsRect::Width/Height()
|
|
// can't return a value greater than nscoord_MAX. If aSize is greater than
|
|
// nscoord_MAX then we reduce it to nscoord_MAX while keeping the rect
|
|
// centered:
|
|
if (aSize > nscoord_MAX) {
|
|
float excess = aSize - nscoord_MAX;
|
|
excess /= 2;
|
|
aStart += excess;
|
|
aSize = nscoord_MAX;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Given a gfxFloat, constrains its value to be between nscoord_MIN and nscoord_MAX.
|
|
*
|
|
* @param aVal The value to constrain (in/out)
|
|
*/
|
|
static void ConstrainToCoordValues(gfxFloat& aVal)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aVal <= nscoord_MIN)
|
|
aVal = nscoord_MIN;
|
|
else if (aVal >= nscoord_MAX)
|
|
aVal = nscoord_MAX;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void ConstrainToCoordValues(gfxFloat& aStart, gfxFloat& aSize)
|
|
{
|
|
gfxFloat max = aStart + aSize;
|
|
|
|
// Clamp the end points to within nscoord range
|
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(aStart);
|
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(max);
|
|
|
|
aSize = max - aStart;
|
|
// If the width if still greater than the max nscoord, then bring both
|
|
// endpoints in by the same amount until it fits.
|
|
if (aSize > nscoord_MAX) {
|
|
gfxFloat excess = aSize - nscoord_MAX;
|
|
excess /= 2;
|
|
|
|
aStart += excess;
|
|
aSize = nscoord_MAX;
|
|
} else if (aSize < nscoord_MIN) {
|
|
gfxFloat excess = aSize - nscoord_MIN;
|
|
excess /= 2;
|
|
|
|
aStart -= excess;
|
|
aSize = nscoord_MIN;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RoundGfxRectToAppRect(const Rect &aRect, float aFactor)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Get a new Rect whose units are app units by scaling by the specified factor. */
|
|
Rect scaledRect = aRect;
|
|
scaledRect.ScaleRoundOut(aFactor);
|
|
|
|
/* We now need to constrain our results to the max and min values for coords. */
|
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(scaledRect.x, scaledRect.width);
|
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(scaledRect.y, scaledRect.height);
|
|
|
|
/* Now typecast everything back. This is guaranteed to be safe. */
|
|
return nsRect(nscoord(scaledRect.X()), nscoord(scaledRect.Y()),
|
|
nscoord(scaledRect.Width()), nscoord(scaledRect.Height()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RoundGfxRectToAppRect(const gfxRect &aRect, float aFactor)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Get a new gfxRect whose units are app units by scaling by the specified factor. */
|
|
gfxRect scaledRect = aRect;
|
|
scaledRect.ScaleRoundOut(aFactor);
|
|
|
|
/* We now need to constrain our results to the max and min values for coords. */
|
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(scaledRect.x, scaledRect.width);
|
|
ConstrainToCoordValues(scaledRect.y, scaledRect.height);
|
|
|
|
/* Now typecast everything back. This is guaranteed to be safe. */
|
|
return nsRect(nscoord(scaledRect.X()), nscoord(scaledRect.Y()),
|
|
nscoord(scaledRect.Width()), nscoord(scaledRect.Height()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
nsRegion
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RoundedRectIntersectRect(const nsRect& aRoundedRect,
|
|
const nscoord aRadii[8],
|
|
const nsRect& aContainedRect)
|
|
{
|
|
// rectFullHeight and rectFullWidth together will approximately contain
|
|
// the total area of the frame minus the rounded corners.
|
|
nsRect rectFullHeight = aRoundedRect;
|
|
nscoord xDiff = std::max(aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_X], aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_X]);
|
|
rectFullHeight.x += xDiff;
|
|
rectFullHeight.width -= std::max(aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_X],
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_X]) + xDiff;
|
|
nsRect r1;
|
|
r1.IntersectRect(rectFullHeight, aContainedRect);
|
|
|
|
nsRect rectFullWidth = aRoundedRect;
|
|
nscoord yDiff = std::max(aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_Y], aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_Y]);
|
|
rectFullWidth.y += yDiff;
|
|
rectFullWidth.height -= std::max(aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_Y],
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y]) + yDiff;
|
|
nsRect r2;
|
|
r2.IntersectRect(rectFullWidth, aContainedRect);
|
|
|
|
nsRegion result;
|
|
result.Or(r1, r2);
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIntRegion
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RoundedRectIntersectIntRect(const nsIntRect& aRoundedRect,
|
|
const RectCornerRadii& aCornerRadii,
|
|
const nsIntRect& aContainedRect)
|
|
{
|
|
// rectFullHeight and rectFullWidth together will approximately contain
|
|
// the total area of the frame minus the rounded corners.
|
|
nsIntRect rectFullHeight = aRoundedRect;
|
|
uint32_t xDiff = std::max(aCornerRadii.TopLeft().width,
|
|
aCornerRadii.BottomLeft().width);
|
|
rectFullHeight.x += xDiff;
|
|
rectFullHeight.width -= std::max(aCornerRadii.TopRight().width,
|
|
aCornerRadii.BottomRight().width) + xDiff;
|
|
nsIntRect r1;
|
|
r1.IntersectRect(rectFullHeight, aContainedRect);
|
|
|
|
nsIntRect rectFullWidth = aRoundedRect;
|
|
uint32_t yDiff = std::max(aCornerRadii.TopLeft().height,
|
|
aCornerRadii.TopRight().height);
|
|
rectFullWidth.y += yDiff;
|
|
rectFullWidth.height -= std::max(aCornerRadii.BottomLeft().height,
|
|
aCornerRadii.BottomRight().height) + yDiff;
|
|
nsIntRect r2;
|
|
r2.IntersectRect(rectFullWidth, aContainedRect);
|
|
|
|
nsIntRegion result;
|
|
result.Or(r1, r2);
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Helper for RoundedRectIntersectsRect.
|
|
static bool
|
|
CheckCorner(nscoord aXOffset, nscoord aYOffset,
|
|
nscoord aXRadius, nscoord aYRadius)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aXOffset > 0 && aYOffset > 0,
|
|
"must not pass nonpositives to CheckCorner");
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(aXRadius >= 0 && aYRadius >= 0,
|
|
"must not pass negatives to CheckCorner");
|
|
|
|
// Avoid floating point math unless we're either (1) within the
|
|
// quarter-ellipse area at the rounded corner or (2) outside the
|
|
// rounding.
|
|
if (aXOffset >= aXRadius || aYOffset >= aYRadius)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
// Convert coordinates to a unit circle with (0,0) as the center of
|
|
// curvature, and see if we're inside the circle or outside.
|
|
float scaledX = float(aXRadius - aXOffset) / float(aXRadius);
|
|
float scaledY = float(aYRadius - aYOffset) / float(aYRadius);
|
|
return scaledX * scaledX + scaledY * scaledY < 1.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RoundedRectIntersectsRect(const nsRect& aRoundedRect,
|
|
const nscoord aRadii[8],
|
|
const nsRect& aTestRect)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aTestRect.Intersects(aRoundedRect))
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// distances from this edge of aRoundedRect to opposite edge of aTestRect,
|
|
// which we know are positive due to the Intersects check above.
|
|
nsMargin insets;
|
|
insets.top = aTestRect.YMost() - aRoundedRect.y;
|
|
insets.right = aRoundedRect.XMost() - aTestRect.x;
|
|
insets.bottom = aRoundedRect.YMost() - aTestRect.y;
|
|
insets.left = aTestRect.XMost() - aRoundedRect.x;
|
|
|
|
// Check whether the bottom-right corner of aTestRect is inside the
|
|
// top left corner of aBounds when rounded by aRadii, etc. If any
|
|
// corner is not, then fail; otherwise succeed.
|
|
return CheckCorner(insets.left, insets.top,
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_X],
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_Y]) &&
|
|
CheckCorner(insets.right, insets.top,
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_X],
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_Y]) &&
|
|
CheckCorner(insets.right, insets.bottom,
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_X],
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y]) &&
|
|
CheckCorner(insets.left, insets.bottom,
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_X],
|
|
aRadii[NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_Y]);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::MatrixTransformRectOut(const nsRect &aBounds,
|
|
const gfx3DMatrix &aMatrix, float aFactor)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect outside = aBounds;
|
|
outside.ScaleRoundOut(1/aFactor);
|
|
gfxRect image = aMatrix.TransformBounds(gfxRect(outside.x,
|
|
outside.y,
|
|
outside.width,
|
|
outside.height));
|
|
return RoundGfxRectToAppRect(image, aFactor);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::MatrixTransformRect(const nsRect &aBounds,
|
|
const gfx3DMatrix &aMatrix, float aFactor)
|
|
{
|
|
gfxRect image = aMatrix.TransformBounds(gfxRect(NSAppUnitsToDoublePixels(aBounds.x, aFactor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToDoublePixels(aBounds.y, aFactor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToDoublePixels(aBounds.width, aFactor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToDoublePixels(aBounds.height, aFactor)));
|
|
|
|
return RoundGfxRectToAppRect(image, aFactor);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::MatrixTransformPoint(const nsPoint &aPoint,
|
|
const gfx3DMatrix &aMatrix, float aFactor)
|
|
{
|
|
gfxPoint image = aMatrix.Transform(gfxPoint(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aPoint.x, aFactor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aPoint.y, aFactor)));
|
|
return nsPoint(NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(image.x), aFactor),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(image.y), aFactor));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Matrix4x4
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestor(nsIFrame *aFrame, const nsIFrame *aAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* parent;
|
|
Matrix4x4 ctm;
|
|
if (aFrame == aAncestor) {
|
|
return ctm;
|
|
}
|
|
ctm = aFrame->GetTransformMatrix(aAncestor, &parent);
|
|
while (parent && parent != aAncestor) {
|
|
if (!parent->Preserves3DChildren()) {
|
|
ctm.ProjectTo2D();
|
|
}
|
|
ctm = ctm * parent->GetTransformMatrix(aAncestor, &parent);
|
|
}
|
|
return ctm;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsIFrame*
|
|
FindNearestCommonAncestorFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame1, nsIFrame* aFrame2)
|
|
{
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,100> ancestors1;
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,100> ancestors2;
|
|
nsIFrame* commonAncestor = nullptr;
|
|
if (aFrame1->PresContext() == aFrame2->PresContext()) {
|
|
commonAncestor = aFrame1->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame1; f != commonAncestor;
|
|
f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|
ancestors1.AppendElement(f);
|
|
}
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrame2; f != commonAncestor;
|
|
f = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f)) {
|
|
ancestors2.AppendElement(f);
|
|
}
|
|
uint32_t minLengths = std::min(ancestors1.Length(), ancestors2.Length());
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 1; i <= minLengths; ++i) {
|
|
if (ancestors1[ancestors1.Length() - i] == ancestors2[ancestors2.Length() - i]) {
|
|
commonAncestor = ancestors1[ancestors1.Length() - i];
|
|
} else {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return commonAncestor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformPoints(nsIFrame* aFromFrame, nsIFrame* aToFrame,
|
|
uint32_t aPointCount, CSSPoint* aPoints)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* nearestCommonAncestor = FindNearestCommonAncestorFrame(aFromFrame, aToFrame);
|
|
if (!nearestCommonAncestor) {
|
|
return NO_COMMON_ANCESTOR;
|
|
}
|
|
Matrix4x4 downToDest = GetTransformToAncestor(aToFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|
if (downToDest.IsSingular()) {
|
|
return NONINVERTIBLE_TRANSFORM;
|
|
}
|
|
downToDest.Invert();
|
|
Matrix4x4 upToAncestor = GetTransformToAncestor(aFromFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|
CSSToLayoutDeviceScale devPixelsPerCSSPixelFromFrame(
|
|
double(nsPresContext::AppUnitsPerCSSPixel())/
|
|
aFromFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|
CSSToLayoutDeviceScale devPixelsPerCSSPixelToFrame(
|
|
double(nsPresContext::AppUnitsPerCSSPixel())/
|
|
aToFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < aPointCount; ++i) {
|
|
LayoutDevicePoint devPixels = aPoints[i] * devPixelsPerCSSPixelFromFrame;
|
|
// What should the behaviour be if some of the points aren't invertible
|
|
// and others are? Just assume all points are for now.
|
|
Point toDevPixels = downToDest.ProjectPoint(
|
|
(upToAncestor * Point(devPixels.x, devPixels.y))).As2DPoint();
|
|
// Divide here so that when the devPixelsPerCSSPixels are the same, we get the correct
|
|
// answer instead of some inaccuracy multiplying a number by its reciprocal.
|
|
aPoints[i] = LayoutDevicePoint(toDevPixels.x, toDevPixels.y) /
|
|
devPixelsPerCSSPixelToFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
return TRANSFORM_SUCCEEDED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformPoint(nsIFrame* aFromFrame, nsIFrame* aToFrame,
|
|
nsPoint& aPoint)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* nearestCommonAncestor = FindNearestCommonAncestorFrame(aFromFrame, aToFrame);
|
|
if (!nearestCommonAncestor) {
|
|
return NO_COMMON_ANCESTOR;
|
|
}
|
|
Matrix4x4 downToDest = GetTransformToAncestor(aToFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|
if (downToDest.IsSingular()) {
|
|
return NONINVERTIBLE_TRANSFORM;
|
|
}
|
|
downToDest.Invert();
|
|
Matrix4x4 upToAncestor = GetTransformToAncestor(aFromFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|
|
|
float devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame =
|
|
1.0f / aFromFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
float devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame =
|
|
1.0f / aToFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
Point4D toDevPixels = downToDest.ProjectPoint(
|
|
upToAncestor * Point(aPoint.x * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame,
|
|
aPoint.y * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame));
|
|
if (!toDevPixels.HasPositiveWCoord()) {
|
|
// Not strictly true, but we failed to get a valid point in this
|
|
// coordinate space.
|
|
return NONINVERTIBLE_TRANSFORM;
|
|
}
|
|
aPoint.x = toDevPixels.x / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|
aPoint.y = toDevPixels.y / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|
return TRANSFORM_SUCCEEDED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformRect(nsIFrame* aFromFrame, nsIFrame* aToFrame,
|
|
nsRect& aRect)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* nearestCommonAncestor = FindNearestCommonAncestorFrame(aFromFrame, aToFrame);
|
|
if (!nearestCommonAncestor) {
|
|
return NO_COMMON_ANCESTOR;
|
|
}
|
|
Matrix4x4 downToDest = GetTransformToAncestor(aToFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|
if (downToDest.IsSingular()) {
|
|
return NONINVERTIBLE_TRANSFORM;
|
|
}
|
|
downToDest.Invert();
|
|
Matrix4x4 upToAncestor = GetTransformToAncestor(aFromFrame, nearestCommonAncestor);
|
|
|
|
float devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame =
|
|
1.0f / aFromFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
float devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame =
|
|
1.0f / aToFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
gfx::Rect toDevPixels = downToDest.ProjectRectBounds(
|
|
upToAncestor.ProjectRectBounds(
|
|
gfx::Rect(aRect.x * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame,
|
|
aRect.y * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame,
|
|
aRect.width * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame,
|
|
aRect.height * devPixelsPerAppUnitFromFrame)));
|
|
aRect.x = toDevPixels.x / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|
aRect.y = toDevPixels.y / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|
aRect.width = toDevPixels.width / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|
aRect.height = toDevPixels.height / devPixelsPerAppUnitToFrame;
|
|
return TRANSFORM_SUCCEEDED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetRectRelativeToFrame(Element* aElement, nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aElement || !aFrame) {
|
|
return nsRect();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* frame = aElement->GetPrimaryFrame();
|
|
if (!frame) {
|
|
return nsRect();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect rect = frame->GetRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformResult rv =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformRect(frame, aFrame, rect);
|
|
if (rv != nsLayoutUtils::TRANSFORM_SUCCEEDED) {
|
|
return nsRect();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ContainsPoint(const nsRect& aRect, const nsPoint& aPoint,
|
|
nscoord aInflateSize)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect rect = aRect;
|
|
rect.Inflate(aInflateSize);
|
|
return rect.Contains(aPoint);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetLayerTransformForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
Matrix4x4* aTransform)
|
|
{
|
|
// FIXME/bug 796690: we can sometimes compute a transform in these
|
|
// cases, it just increases complexity considerably. Punt for now.
|
|
if (aFrame->Preserves3DChildren() || aFrame->HasTransformGetter()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* root = nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(aFrame);
|
|
if (root->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_UPDATE_LAYER_TREE)) {
|
|
// Content may have been invalidated, so we can't reliably compute
|
|
// the "layer transform" in general.
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
// If the caller doesn't care about the value, early-return to skip
|
|
// overhead below.
|
|
if (!aTransform) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder builder(root, nsDisplayListBuilder::OTHER,
|
|
false/*don't build caret*/);
|
|
nsDisplayList list;
|
|
nsDisplayTransform* item =
|
|
new (&builder) nsDisplayTransform(&builder, aFrame, &list, nsRect());
|
|
|
|
*aTransform = item->GetTransform();
|
|
item->~nsDisplayTransform();
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
TransformGfxPointFromAncestor(nsIFrame *aFrame,
|
|
const Point &aPoint,
|
|
nsIFrame *aAncestor,
|
|
Point* aOut)
|
|
{
|
|
Matrix4x4 ctm = nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestor(aFrame, aAncestor);
|
|
ctm.Invert();
|
|
Point4D point = ctm.ProjectPoint(aPoint);
|
|
if (!point.HasPositiveWCoord()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
*aOut = point.As2DPoint();
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static Rect
|
|
TransformGfxRectToAncestor(nsIFrame *aFrame,
|
|
const Rect &aRect,
|
|
const nsIFrame *aAncestor,
|
|
bool* aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles = nullptr)
|
|
{
|
|
Matrix4x4 ctm = nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformToAncestor(aFrame, aAncestor);
|
|
if (aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles) {
|
|
Matrix matrix2d;
|
|
*aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles =
|
|
ctm.Is2D(&matrix2d) && matrix2d.PreservesAxisAlignedRectangles();
|
|
}
|
|
return ctm.TransformBounds(aRect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static SVGTextFrame*
|
|
GetContainingSVGTextFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame->IsSVGText()) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return static_cast<SVGTextFrame*>
|
|
(nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestFrameOfType(aFrame->GetParent(),
|
|
nsGkAtoms::svgTextFrame));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformAncestorPointToFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsPoint& aPoint,
|
|
nsIFrame* aAncestor)
|
|
{
|
|
SVGTextFrame* text = GetContainingSVGTextFrame(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
float factor = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
Point result(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aPoint.x, factor),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aPoint.y, factor));
|
|
|
|
if (text) {
|
|
if (!TransformGfxPointFromAncestor(text, result, aAncestor, &result)) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
result = text->TransformFramePointToTextChild(result, aFrame);
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (!TransformGfxPointFromAncestor(aFrame, result, nullptr, &result)) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsPoint(NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.x), factor),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.y), factor));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformFrameRectToAncestor(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsRect& aRect,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aAncestor,
|
|
bool* aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles /* = nullptr */)
|
|
{
|
|
SVGTextFrame* text = GetContainingSVGTextFrame(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
float srcAppUnitsPerDevPixel = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
Rect result;
|
|
|
|
if (text) {
|
|
result = ToRect(text->TransformFrameRectFromTextChild(aRect, aFrame));
|
|
result = TransformGfxRectToAncestor(text, result, aAncestor);
|
|
// TransformFrameRectFromTextChild could involve any kind of transform, we
|
|
// could drill down into it to get an answer out of it but we don't yet.
|
|
if (aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles)
|
|
*aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles = false;
|
|
} else {
|
|
result = Rect(NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aRect.x, srcAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aRect.y, srcAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aRect.width, srcAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToFloatPixels(aRect.height, srcAppUnitsPerDevPixel));
|
|
result = TransformGfxRectToAncestor(aFrame, result, aAncestor, aPreservesAxisAlignedRectangles);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
float destAppUnitsPerDevPixel = aAncestor->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
return nsRect(NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.x), destAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.y), destAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.width), destAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSFloatPixelsToAppUnits(float(result.height), destAppUnitsPerDevPixel));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsIntPoint GetWidgetOffset(nsIWidget* aWidget, nsIWidget*& aRootWidget) {
|
|
nsIntPoint offset(0, 0);
|
|
while ((aWidget->WindowType() == eWindowType_child ||
|
|
aWidget->WindowType() == eWindowType_plugin)) {
|
|
nsIWidget* parent = aWidget->GetParent();
|
|
if (!parent) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIntRect bounds;
|
|
aWidget->GetBounds(bounds);
|
|
offset += bounds.TopLeft();
|
|
aWidget = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
aRootWidget = aWidget;
|
|
return offset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TranslateWidgetToView(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
nsIWidget* aWidget, nsIntPoint aPt,
|
|
nsView* aView)
|
|
{
|
|
nsPoint viewOffset;
|
|
nsIWidget* viewWidget = aView->GetNearestWidget(&viewOffset);
|
|
if (!viewWidget) {
|
|
return nsPoint(NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE, NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIWidget* fromRoot;
|
|
nsIntPoint fromOffset = GetWidgetOffset(aWidget, fromRoot);
|
|
nsIWidget* toRoot;
|
|
nsIntPoint toOffset = GetWidgetOffset(viewWidget, toRoot);
|
|
|
|
nsIntPoint widgetPoint;
|
|
if (fromRoot == toRoot) {
|
|
widgetPoint = aPt + fromOffset - toOffset;
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsIntPoint screenPoint = aWidget->WidgetToScreenOffset();
|
|
widgetPoint = aPt + screenPoint - viewWidget->WidgetToScreenOffset();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPoint widgetAppUnits(aPresContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widgetPoint.x),
|
|
aPresContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(widgetPoint.y));
|
|
return widgetAppUnits - viewOffset;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Combine aNewBreakType with aOrigBreakType, but limit the break types
|
|
// to NS_STYLE_CLEAR_LEFT, RIGHT, BOTH.
|
|
uint8_t
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CombineBreakType(uint8_t aOrigBreakType,
|
|
uint8_t aNewBreakType)
|
|
{
|
|
uint8_t breakType = aOrigBreakType;
|
|
switch(breakType) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_CLEAR_LEFT:
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_CLEAR_RIGHT == aNewBreakType ||
|
|
NS_STYLE_CLEAR_BOTH == aNewBreakType) {
|
|
breakType = NS_STYLE_CLEAR_BOTH;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_CLEAR_RIGHT:
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_CLEAR_LEFT == aNewBreakType ||
|
|
NS_STYLE_CLEAR_BOTH == aNewBreakType) {
|
|
breakType = NS_STYLE_CLEAR_BOTH;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_CLEAR_NONE:
|
|
if (NS_STYLE_CLEAR_LEFT == aNewBreakType ||
|
|
NS_STYLE_CLEAR_RIGHT == aNewBreakType ||
|
|
NS_STYLE_CLEAR_BOTH == aNewBreakType) {
|
|
breakType = aNewBreakType;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return breakType;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_DUMP_PAINTING
|
|
#include <stdio.h>
|
|
|
|
static bool gDumpEventList = false;
|
|
int gPaintCount = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFrameForPoint(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsPoint aPt, uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
PROFILER_LABEL("nsLayoutUtils", "GetFrameForPoint",
|
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|
|
|
nsresult rv;
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*,8> outFrames;
|
|
rv = GetFramesForArea(aFrame, nsRect(aPt, nsSize(1, 1)), outFrames, aFlags);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_SUCCESS(rv, nullptr);
|
|
return outFrames.Length() ? outFrames.ElementAt(0) : nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFramesForArea(nsIFrame* aFrame, const nsRect& aRect,
|
|
nsTArray<nsIFrame*> &aOutFrames,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
PROFILER_LABEL("nsLayoutUtils", "GetFramesForArea",
|
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder builder(aFrame, nsDisplayListBuilder::EVENT_DELIVERY,
|
|
false);
|
|
nsDisplayList list;
|
|
|
|
if (aFlags & IGNORE_PAINT_SUPPRESSION) {
|
|
builder.IgnorePaintSuppression();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aFlags & IGNORE_ROOT_SCROLL_FRAME) {
|
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame =
|
|
aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
if (rootScrollFrame) {
|
|
builder.SetIgnoreScrollFrame(rootScrollFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFlags & IGNORE_CROSS_DOC) {
|
|
builder.SetDescendIntoSubdocuments(false);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
builder.EnterPresShell(aFrame);
|
|
aFrame->BuildDisplayListForStackingContext(&builder, aRect, &list);
|
|
builder.LeavePresShell(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_DUMP_PAINTING
|
|
if (gDumpEventList) {
|
|
fprintf_stderr(stderr, "Event handling --- (%d,%d):\n", aRect.x, aRect.y);
|
|
|
|
std::stringstream ss;
|
|
nsFrame::PrintDisplayList(&builder, list, ss);
|
|
print_stderr(ss);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayItem::HitTestState hitTestState;
|
|
list.HitTest(&builder, aRect, &hitTestState, &aOutFrames);
|
|
list.DeleteAll();
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// aScrollFrame and aScrollFrameAsScrollable must be non-nullptr
|
|
static FrameMetrics
|
|
CalculateFrameMetricsForDisplayPort(nsIFrame* aScrollFrame,
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* aScrollFrameAsScrollable) {
|
|
// Calculate the metrics necessary for calculating the displayport.
|
|
// This code has a lot in common with the code in ComputeFrameMetrics();
|
|
// we may want to refactor this at some point.
|
|
FrameMetrics metrics;
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aScrollFrame->PresContext();
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = presContext->PresShell();
|
|
CSSToLayoutDeviceScale deviceScale(float(nsPresContext::AppUnitsPerCSSPixel())
|
|
/ presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|
ParentLayerToLayerScale resolution;
|
|
if (aScrollFrame == presShell->GetRootScrollFrame()) {
|
|
// Only the root scrollable frame for a given presShell should pick up
|
|
// the presShell's resolution. All the other frames are 1.0.
|
|
resolution = ParentLayerToLayerScale(presShell->GetXResolution(),
|
|
presShell->GetYResolution());
|
|
}
|
|
LayoutDeviceToLayerScale cumulativeResolution(presShell->GetCumulativeResolution().width);
|
|
|
|
metrics.mDevPixelsPerCSSPixel = deviceScale;
|
|
metrics.mResolution = resolution;
|
|
metrics.mCumulativeResolution = cumulativeResolution;
|
|
metrics.SetZoom(deviceScale * cumulativeResolution * LayerToScreenScale(1));
|
|
|
|
// Only the size of the composition bounds is relevant to the
|
|
// displayport calculation, not its origin.
|
|
nsSize compositionSize = nsLayoutUtils::CalculateCompositionSizeForFrame(aScrollFrame);
|
|
LayoutDeviceToParentLayerScale compBoundsScale(1.0f);
|
|
if (aScrollFrame == presShell->GetRootScrollFrame() && presContext->IsRootContentDocument()) {
|
|
if (presContext->GetParentPresContext()) {
|
|
gfxSize res = presContext->GetParentPresContext()->PresShell()->GetCumulativeResolution();
|
|
compBoundsScale = LayoutDeviceToParentLayerScale(res.width, res.height);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
compBoundsScale = cumulativeResolution
|
|
* LayerToScreenScale(1.0f)
|
|
* ScreenToParentLayerScale(1.0f);
|
|
}
|
|
metrics.mCompositionBounds
|
|
= LayoutDeviceRect::FromAppUnits(nsRect(nsPoint(0, 0), compositionSize),
|
|
presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel())
|
|
* compBoundsScale;
|
|
|
|
metrics.SetRootCompositionSize(
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateRootCompositionSize(aScrollFrame, false, metrics));
|
|
|
|
metrics.SetScrollOffset(CSSPoint::FromAppUnits(
|
|
aScrollFrameAsScrollable->GetScrollPosition()));
|
|
|
|
metrics.mScrollableRect = CSSRect::FromAppUnits(
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateScrollableRectForFrame(aScrollFrameAsScrollable, nullptr));
|
|
|
|
return metrics;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetOrMaybeCreateDisplayPort(nsDisplayListBuilder& aBuilder,
|
|
nsIFrame* aScrollFrame,
|
|
nsRect aDisplayPortBase,
|
|
nsRect* aOutDisplayport) {
|
|
nsIContent* content = aScrollFrame->GetContent();
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = do_QueryFrame(aScrollFrame);
|
|
if (!content || !scrollableFrame) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Set the base rect. Note that this will not influence 'haveDisplayPort',
|
|
// which is based on either the whole rect or margins being set, but it
|
|
// will affect what is returned in 'aOutDisplayPort' if margins are set.
|
|
SetDisplayPortBase(content, aDisplayPortBase);
|
|
|
|
bool haveDisplayPort = GetDisplayPort(content, aOutDisplayport);
|
|
|
|
// We perform an optimization where we ensure that at least one
|
|
// async-scrollable frame (i.e. one that WantsAsyncScroll()) has a displayport.
|
|
// If that's not the case yet, and we are async-scrollable, we will get a
|
|
// displayport.
|
|
// Note: we only do this in processes where we do subframe scrolling to
|
|
// begin with (i.e., not in the parent process on B2G).
|
|
if (aBuilder.IsPaintingToWindow() && WantSubAPZC() &&
|
|
!aBuilder.HaveScrollableDisplayPort() &&
|
|
scrollableFrame->WantAsyncScroll()) {
|
|
|
|
// If we don't already have a displayport, calculate and set one.
|
|
if (!haveDisplayPort) {
|
|
FrameMetrics metrics = CalculateFrameMetricsForDisplayPort(aScrollFrame, scrollableFrame);
|
|
LayerMargin displayportMargins = APZCTreeManager::CalculatePendingDisplayPort(
|
|
metrics, ScreenPoint(0.0f, 0.0f), 0.0);
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = aScrollFrame->PresContext()->GetPresShell();
|
|
gfx::IntSize alignment = gfxPlatform::GetPlatform()->UseTiling()
|
|
? gfx::IntSize(gfxPrefs::LayersTileWidth(), gfxPrefs::LayersTileHeight()) :
|
|
gfx::IntSize(0, 0);
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetDisplayPortMargins(
|
|
content, presShell, displayportMargins, alignment.width,
|
|
alignment.height, 0, nsLayoutUtils::RepaintMode::DoNotRepaint);
|
|
haveDisplayPort = GetDisplayPort(content, aOutDisplayport);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(haveDisplayPort, "should have a displayport after having just set it");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Record that the we now have a scrollable display port.
|
|
aBuilder.SetHaveScrollableDisplayPort();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return haveDisplayPort;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::PaintFrame(nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsRegion& aDirtyRegion, nscolor aBackstop,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
PROFILER_LABEL("nsLayoutUtils", "PaintFrame",
|
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) {
|
|
nsView* view = aFrame->GetView();
|
|
if (!(view && view->GetWidget() && GetDisplayRootFrame(aFrame) == aFrame)) {
|
|
aFlags &= ~PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS;
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aRenderingContext, "need a rendering context");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = presContext->PresShell();
|
|
nsRootPresContext* rootPresContext = presContext->GetRootPresContext();
|
|
if (!rootPresContext) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder builder(aFrame, nsDisplayListBuilder::PAINTING,
|
|
!(aFlags & PAINT_HIDE_CARET));
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame = presShell->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
bool usingDisplayPort = false;
|
|
nsRect displayport;
|
|
if (rootScrollFrame && !aFrame->GetParent() &&
|
|
(aFlags & (PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS | PAINT_TO_WINDOW))) {
|
|
nsRect displayportBase(
|
|
nsPoint(0,0),
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateCompositionSizeForFrame(rootScrollFrame));
|
|
usingDisplayPort = nsLayoutUtils::GetOrMaybeCreateDisplayPort(
|
|
builder, rootScrollFrame, displayportBase, &displayport);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRegion visibleRegion;
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) {
|
|
// This layer tree will be reused, so we'll need to calculate it
|
|
// for the whole "visible" area of the window
|
|
//
|
|
// |ignoreViewportScrolling| and |usingDisplayPort| are persistent
|
|
// document-rendering state. We rely on PresShell to flush
|
|
// retained layers as needed when that persistent state changes.
|
|
if (!usingDisplayPort) {
|
|
visibleRegion = aFrame->GetVisualOverflowRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
} else {
|
|
visibleRegion = displayport;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
visibleRegion = aDirtyRegion;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we're going to display something different from what we'd normally
|
|
// paint in a window then we will flush out any retained layer trees before
|
|
// *and after* we draw.
|
|
bool willFlushRetainedLayers = (aFlags & PAINT_HIDE_CARET) != 0;
|
|
|
|
nsDisplayList list;
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_IN_TRANSFORM) {
|
|
builder.SetInTransform(true);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_SYNC_DECODE_IMAGES) {
|
|
builder.SetSyncDecodeImages(true);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFlags & (PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS | PAINT_TO_WINDOW)) {
|
|
builder.SetPaintingToWindow(true);
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_IGNORE_SUPPRESSION) {
|
|
builder.IgnorePaintSuppression();
|
|
}
|
|
// Windowed plugins aren't allowed in popups
|
|
if ((aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) &&
|
|
!willFlushRetainedLayers &&
|
|
!(aFlags & PAINT_DOCUMENT_RELATIVE) &&
|
|
rootPresContext->NeedToComputePluginGeometryUpdates()) {
|
|
builder.SetWillComputePluginGeometry(true);
|
|
}
|
|
nsRect canvasArea(nsPoint(0, 0), aFrame->GetSize());
|
|
|
|
bool ignoreViewportScrolling =
|
|
aFrame->GetParent() ? false : presShell->IgnoringViewportScrolling();
|
|
if (ignoreViewportScrolling && rootScrollFrame) {
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* rootScrollableFrame =
|
|
presShell->GetRootScrollFrameAsScrollable();
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_DOCUMENT_RELATIVE) {
|
|
// Make visibleRegion and aRenderingContext relative to the
|
|
// scrolled frame instead of the root frame.
|
|
nsPoint pos = rootScrollableFrame->GetScrollPosition();
|
|
visibleRegion.MoveBy(-pos);
|
|
if (aRenderingContext) {
|
|
gfxPoint devPixelOffset =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::PointToGfxPoint(pos,
|
|
presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel());
|
|
aRenderingContext->ThebesContext()->SetMatrix(
|
|
aRenderingContext->ThebesContext()->CurrentMatrix().Translate(devPixelOffset));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
builder.SetIgnoreScrollFrame(rootScrollFrame);
|
|
|
|
nsCanvasFrame* canvasFrame =
|
|
do_QueryFrame(rootScrollableFrame->GetScrolledFrame());
|
|
if (canvasFrame) {
|
|
// Use UnionRect here to ensure that areas where the scrollbars
|
|
// were are still filled with the background color.
|
|
canvasArea.UnionRect(canvasArea,
|
|
canvasFrame->CanvasArea() + builder.ToReferenceFrame(canvasFrame));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
builder.EnterPresShell(aFrame);
|
|
nsRect dirtyRect = visibleRegion.GetBounds();
|
|
{
|
|
// If a scrollable container layer is created in nsDisplayList::PaintForFrame,
|
|
// it will be the scroll parent for display items that are built in the
|
|
// BuildDisplayListForStackingContext call below. We need to set the scroll
|
|
// parent on the display list builder while we build those items, so that they
|
|
// can pick up their scroll parent's id.
|
|
ViewID id = FrameMetrics::NULL_SCROLL_ID;
|
|
if (ignoreViewportScrolling && presContext->IsRootContentDocument()) {
|
|
if (nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame = presShell->GetRootScrollFrame()) {
|
|
if (nsIContent* content = rootScrollFrame->GetContent()) {
|
|
id = nsLayoutUtils::FindOrCreateIDFor(content);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoCurrentScrollParentIdSetter idSetter(&builder, id);
|
|
|
|
PROFILER_LABEL("nsLayoutUtils", "PaintFrame::BuildDisplayList",
|
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|
|
|
aFrame->BuildDisplayListForStackingContext(&builder, dirtyRect, &list);
|
|
}
|
|
const bool paintAllContinuations = aFlags & PAINT_ALL_CONTINUATIONS;
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!paintAllContinuations || !aFrame->GetPrevContinuation(),
|
|
"If painting all continuations, the frame must be "
|
|
"first-continuation");
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom* frameType = aFrame->GetType();
|
|
|
|
if (paintAllContinuations) {
|
|
nsIFrame* currentFrame = aFrame;
|
|
while ((currentFrame = currentFrame->GetNextContinuation()) != nullptr) {
|
|
PROFILER_LABEL("nsLayoutUtils", "PaintFrame::ContinuationsBuildDisplayList",
|
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|
|
|
nsRect frameDirty = dirtyRect - builder.ToReferenceFrame(currentFrame);
|
|
currentFrame->BuildDisplayListForStackingContext(&builder,
|
|
frameDirty, &list);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For the viewport frame in print preview/page layout we want to paint
|
|
// the grey background behind the page, not the canvas color.
|
|
if (frameType == nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame &&
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::NeedsPrintPreviewBackground(presContext)) {
|
|
nsRect bounds = nsRect(builder.ToReferenceFrame(aFrame),
|
|
aFrame->GetSize());
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoBuildingDisplayList
|
|
buildingDisplayList(&builder, aFrame, bounds, false);
|
|
presShell->AddPrintPreviewBackgroundItem(builder, list, aFrame, bounds);
|
|
} else if (frameType != nsGkAtoms::pageFrame) {
|
|
// For printing, this function is first called on an nsPageFrame, which
|
|
// creates a display list with a PageContent item. The PageContent item's
|
|
// paint function calls this function on the nsPageFrame's child which is
|
|
// an nsPageContentFrame. We only want to add the canvas background color
|
|
// item once, for the nsPageContentFrame.
|
|
|
|
// Add the canvas background color to the bottom of the list. This
|
|
// happens after we've built the list so that AddCanvasBackgroundColorItem
|
|
// can monkey with the contents if necessary.
|
|
canvasArea.IntersectRect(canvasArea, visibleRegion.GetBounds());
|
|
nsDisplayListBuilder::AutoBuildingDisplayList
|
|
buildingDisplayList(&builder, aFrame, canvasArea, false);
|
|
presShell->AddCanvasBackgroundColorItem(
|
|
builder, list, aFrame, canvasArea, aBackstop);
|
|
|
|
// If the passed in backstop color makes us draw something different from
|
|
// normal, we need to flush layers.
|
|
if ((aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) && !willFlushRetainedLayers) {
|
|
nsView* view = aFrame->GetView();
|
|
if (view) {
|
|
nscolor backstop = presShell->ComputeBackstopColor(view);
|
|
// The PresShell's canvas background color doesn't get updated until
|
|
// EnterPresShell, so this check has to be done after that.
|
|
nscolor canvasColor = presShell->GetCanvasBackground();
|
|
if (NS_ComposeColors(aBackstop, canvasColor) !=
|
|
NS_ComposeColors(backstop, canvasColor)) {
|
|
willFlushRetainedLayers = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
builder.LeavePresShell(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
if (builder.GetHadToIgnorePaintSuppression()) {
|
|
willFlushRetainedLayers = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_DUMP_PAINTING
|
|
FILE* savedDumpFile = gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile;
|
|
|
|
std::stringstream ss;
|
|
if (gfxUtils::DumpPaintList() || gfxUtils::sDumpPainting) {
|
|
if (gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile) {
|
|
nsCString string("dump-");
|
|
string.AppendInt(gPaintCount);
|
|
string.AppendLiteral(".html");
|
|
gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile = fopen(string.BeginReading(), "w");
|
|
} else {
|
|
gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile = stderr;
|
|
}
|
|
if (gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile) {
|
|
ss << "<html><head><script>var array = {}; function ViewImage(index) { window.location = array[index]; }</script></head><body>";
|
|
}
|
|
ss << nsPrintfCString("Painting --- before optimization (dirty %d,%d,%d,%d):\n",
|
|
dirtyRect.x, dirtyRect.y, dirtyRect.width, dirtyRect.height).get();
|
|
nsFrame::PrintDisplayList(&builder, list, ss, gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile);
|
|
if (gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile) {
|
|
ss << "<script>";
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
uint32_t flags = nsDisplayList::PAINT_DEFAULT;
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) {
|
|
flags |= nsDisplayList::PAINT_USE_WIDGET_LAYERS;
|
|
if (willFlushRetainedLayers) {
|
|
// The caller wanted to paint from retained layers, but set up
|
|
// the paint in such a way that we can't use them. We're going
|
|
// to display something different from what we'd normally paint
|
|
// in a window, so make sure we flush out any retained layer
|
|
// trees before *and after* we draw. Callers should be fixed to
|
|
// not do this.
|
|
NS_WARNING("Flushing retained layers!");
|
|
flags |= nsDisplayList::PAINT_FLUSH_LAYERS;
|
|
} else if (!(aFlags & PAINT_DOCUMENT_RELATIVE)) {
|
|
nsIWidget *widget = aFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|
if (widget) {
|
|
// If we're finished building display list items for painting of the outermost
|
|
// pres shell, notify the widget about any toolbars we've encountered.
|
|
widget->UpdateThemeGeometries(builder.GetThemeGeometries());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_EXISTING_TRANSACTION) {
|
|
flags |= nsDisplayList::PAINT_EXISTING_TRANSACTION;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_NO_COMPOSITE) {
|
|
flags |= nsDisplayList::PAINT_NO_COMPOSITE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aFlags & PAINT_COMPRESSED) {
|
|
flags |= nsDisplayList::PAINT_COMPRESSED;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
list.PaintRoot(&builder, aRenderingContext, flags);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_DUMP_PAINTING
|
|
if (gfxUtils::DumpPaintList() || gfxUtils::sDumpPainting) {
|
|
if (gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile) {
|
|
ss << "</script>";
|
|
}
|
|
ss << "Painting --- after optimization:\n";
|
|
nsFrame::PrintDisplayList(&builder, list, ss, gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile);
|
|
|
|
ss << "Painting --- retained layer tree:\n";
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = aFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|
if (widget) {
|
|
nsRefPtr<LayerManager> layerManager = widget->GetLayerManager();
|
|
if (layerManager) {
|
|
FrameLayerBuilder::DumpRetainedLayerTree(layerManager, ss,
|
|
gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile) {
|
|
ss << "</body></html>";
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
fprint_stderr(gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile, ss);
|
|
|
|
if (gfxUtils::sDumpPaintingToFile) {
|
|
fclose(gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile);
|
|
}
|
|
gfxUtils::sDumpPaintFile = savedDumpFile;
|
|
gPaintCount++;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Update the widget's opaque region information. This sets
|
|
// glass boundaries on Windows. Also set up the window dragging region
|
|
// and plugin clip regions and bounds.
|
|
if ((aFlags & PAINT_WIDGET_LAYERS) &&
|
|
!willFlushRetainedLayers &&
|
|
!(aFlags & PAINT_DOCUMENT_RELATIVE)) {
|
|
nsIWidget *widget = aFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|
if (widget) {
|
|
nsRegion opaqueRegion;
|
|
opaqueRegion.And(builder.GetWindowExcludeGlassRegion(), builder.GetWindowOpaqueRegion());
|
|
widget->UpdateOpaqueRegion(
|
|
opaqueRegion.ToNearestPixels(presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel()));
|
|
|
|
const nsRegion& draggingRegion = builder.GetWindowDraggingRegion();
|
|
widget->UpdateWindowDraggingRegion(
|
|
draggingRegion.ToNearestPixels(presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel()));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (builder.WillComputePluginGeometry()) {
|
|
nsRefPtr<LayerManager> layerManager;
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = aFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|
if (widget) {
|
|
layerManager = widget->GetLayerManager();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
rootPresContext->ComputePluginGeometryUpdates(aFrame, &builder, &list);
|
|
|
|
// We're not going to get a WillPaintWindow event here if we didn't do
|
|
// widget invalidation, so just apply the plugin geometry update here instead.
|
|
// We could instead have the compositor send back an equivalent to WillPaintWindow,
|
|
// but it should be close enough to now not to matter.
|
|
if (layerManager && !layerManager->NeedsWidgetInvalidation()) {
|
|
rootPresContext->ApplyPluginGeometryUpdates();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We told the compositor thread not to composite when it received the transaction because
|
|
// we wanted to update plugins first. Schedule the composite now.
|
|
if (layerManager) {
|
|
layerManager->Composite();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Flush the list so we don't trigger the IsEmpty-on-destruction assertion
|
|
list.DeleteAll();
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Uses a binary search for find where the cursor falls in the line of text
|
|
* It also keeps track of the part of the string that has already been measured
|
|
* so it doesn't have to keep measuring the same text over and over
|
|
*
|
|
* @param "aBaseWidth" contains the width in twips of the portion
|
|
* of the text that has already been measured, and aBaseInx contains
|
|
* the index of the text that has already been measured.
|
|
*
|
|
* @param aTextWidth returns the (in twips) the length of the text that falls
|
|
* before the cursor aIndex contains the index of the text where the cursor falls
|
|
*/
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::BinarySearchForPosition(nsRenderingContext* aRendContext,
|
|
nsFontMetrics& aFontMetrics,
|
|
const char16_t* aText,
|
|
int32_t aBaseWidth,
|
|
int32_t aBaseInx,
|
|
int32_t aStartInx,
|
|
int32_t aEndInx,
|
|
int32_t aCursorPos,
|
|
int32_t& aIndex,
|
|
int32_t& aTextWidth)
|
|
{
|
|
int32_t range = aEndInx - aStartInx;
|
|
if ((range == 1) || (range == 2 && NS_IS_HIGH_SURROGATE(aText[aStartInx]))) {
|
|
aIndex = aStartInx + aBaseInx;
|
|
aTextWidth = nsLayoutUtils::AppUnitWidthOfString(aText, aIndex,
|
|
aFontMetrics,
|
|
*aRendContext);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t inx = aStartInx + (range / 2);
|
|
|
|
// Make sure we don't leave a dangling low surrogate
|
|
if (NS_IS_HIGH_SURROGATE(aText[inx-1]))
|
|
inx++;
|
|
|
|
int32_t textWidth = nsLayoutUtils::AppUnitWidthOfString(aText, inx,
|
|
aFontMetrics,
|
|
*aRendContext);
|
|
|
|
int32_t fullWidth = aBaseWidth + textWidth;
|
|
if (fullWidth == aCursorPos) {
|
|
aTextWidth = textWidth;
|
|
aIndex = inx;
|
|
return true;
|
|
} else if (aCursorPos < fullWidth) {
|
|
aTextWidth = aBaseWidth;
|
|
if (BinarySearchForPosition(aRendContext, aFontMetrics, aText, aBaseWidth,
|
|
aBaseInx, aStartInx, inx, aCursorPos, aIndex,
|
|
aTextWidth)) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
aTextWidth = fullWidth;
|
|
if (BinarySearchForPosition(aRendContext, aFontMetrics, aText, aBaseWidth,
|
|
aBaseInx, inx, aEndInx, aCursorPos, aIndex,
|
|
aTextWidth)) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
AddBoxesForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::BoxCallback* aCallback)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIAtom* pseudoType = aFrame->StyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
|
|
if (pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::tableOuter) {
|
|
AddBoxesForFrame(aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild(), aCallback);
|
|
nsIFrame* kid = aFrame->GetFirstChild(nsIFrame::kCaptionList);
|
|
if (kid) {
|
|
AddBoxesForFrame(kid, aCallback);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousPositionedBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozMathMLAnonymousBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozXULAnonymousBlock) {
|
|
for (nsIFrame* kid = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild(); kid; kid = kid->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
AddBoxesForFrame(kid, aCallback);
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
aCallback->AddBox(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAllInFlowBoxes(nsIFrame* aFrame, BoxCallback* aCallback)
|
|
{
|
|
while (aFrame) {
|
|
AddBoxesForFrame(aFrame, aCallback);
|
|
aFrame = nsLayoutUtils::GetNextContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFirstNonAnonymousFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
while (aFrame) {
|
|
nsIAtom* pseudoType = aFrame->StyleContext()->GetPseudo();
|
|
|
|
if (pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::tableOuter) {
|
|
nsIFrame* f = GetFirstNonAnonymousFrame(aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild());
|
|
if (f) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* kid = aFrame->GetFirstChild(nsIFrame::kCaptionList);
|
|
if (kid) {
|
|
f = GetFirstNonAnonymousFrame(kid);
|
|
if (f) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozAnonymousPositionedBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozMathMLAnonymousBlock ||
|
|
pseudoType == nsCSSAnonBoxes::mozXULAnonymousBlock) {
|
|
for (nsIFrame* kid = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild(); kid; kid = kid->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* f = GetFirstNonAnonymousFrame(kid);
|
|
if (f) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
return aFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aFrame = nsLayoutUtils::GetNextContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct BoxToRect : public nsLayoutUtils::BoxCallback {
|
|
nsIFrame* mRelativeTo;
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectCallback* mCallback;
|
|
uint32_t mFlags;
|
|
|
|
BoxToRect(nsIFrame* aRelativeTo, nsLayoutUtils::RectCallback* aCallback,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
: mRelativeTo(aRelativeTo), mCallback(aCallback), mFlags(aFlags) {}
|
|
|
|
virtual void AddBox(nsIFrame* aFrame) MOZ_OVERRIDE {
|
|
nsRect r;
|
|
nsIFrame* outer = nsSVGUtils::GetOuterSVGFrameAndCoveredRegion(aFrame, &r);
|
|
if (!outer) {
|
|
outer = aFrame;
|
|
switch (mFlags & nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_WHICH_BOX_MASK) {
|
|
case nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_USE_CONTENT_BOX:
|
|
r = aFrame->GetContentRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
break;
|
|
case nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_USE_PADDING_BOX:
|
|
r = aFrame->GetPaddingRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
break;
|
|
case nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_USE_MARGIN_BOX:
|
|
r = aFrame->GetMarginRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
break;
|
|
default: // Use the border box
|
|
r = aFrame->GetRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (mFlags & nsLayoutUtils::RECTS_ACCOUNT_FOR_TRANSFORMS) {
|
|
r = nsLayoutUtils::TransformFrameRectToAncestor(outer, r, mRelativeTo);
|
|
} else {
|
|
r += outer->GetOffsetTo(mRelativeTo);
|
|
}
|
|
mCallback->AddRect(r);
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAllInFlowRects(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIFrame* aRelativeTo,
|
|
RectCallback* aCallback, uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
BoxToRect converter(aRelativeTo, aCallback, aFlags);
|
|
GetAllInFlowBoxes(aFrame, &converter);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectAccumulator::RectAccumulator() : mSeenFirstRect(false) {}
|
|
|
|
void nsLayoutUtils::RectAccumulator::AddRect(const nsRect& aRect) {
|
|
mResultRect.UnionRect(mResultRect, aRect);
|
|
if (!mSeenFirstRect) {
|
|
mSeenFirstRect = true;
|
|
mFirstRect = aRect;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectListBuilder::RectListBuilder(DOMRectList* aList)
|
|
: mRectList(aList)
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void nsLayoutUtils::RectListBuilder::AddRect(const nsRect& aRect) {
|
|
nsRefPtr<DOMRect> rect = new DOMRect(mRectList);
|
|
|
|
rect->SetLayoutRect(aRect);
|
|
mRectList->Append(rect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FirstAndLastRectCollector::FirstAndLastRectCollector()
|
|
: mSeenFirstRect(false)
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void nsLayoutUtils::FirstAndLastRectCollector::AddRect(const nsRect& aRect) {
|
|
if (!mSeenFirstRect) {
|
|
mSeenFirstRect = true;
|
|
mFirstRect = aRect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
mLastRect = aRect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* nsLayoutUtils::GetContainingBlockForClientRect(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
return aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAllInFlowRectsUnion(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsIFrame* aRelativeTo,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags) {
|
|
RectAccumulator accumulator;
|
|
GetAllInFlowRects(aFrame, aRelativeTo, &accumulator, aFlags);
|
|
return accumulator.mResultRect.IsEmpty() ? accumulator.mFirstRect
|
|
: accumulator.mResultRect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTextShadowRectsUnion(const nsRect& aTextAndDecorationsRect,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsStyleText* textStyle = aFrame->StyleText();
|
|
if (!textStyle->HasTextShadow())
|
|
return aTextAndDecorationsRect;
|
|
|
|
nsRect resultRect = aTextAndDecorationsRect;
|
|
int32_t A2D = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < textStyle->mTextShadow->Length(); ++i) {
|
|
nsCSSShadowItem* shadow = textStyle->mTextShadow->ShadowAt(i);
|
|
nsMargin blur = nsContextBoxBlur::GetBlurRadiusMargin(shadow->mRadius, A2D);
|
|
if ((aFlags & EXCLUDE_BLUR_SHADOWS) && blur != nsMargin(0, 0, 0, 0))
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
nsRect tmpRect(aTextAndDecorationsRect);
|
|
|
|
tmpRect.MoveBy(nsPoint(shadow->mXOffset, shadow->mYOffset));
|
|
tmpRect.Inflate(blur);
|
|
|
|
resultRect.UnionRect(resultRect, tmpRect);
|
|
}
|
|
return resultRect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontMetricsForFrame(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsFontMetrics** aFontMetrics,
|
|
float aInflation)
|
|
{
|
|
return nsLayoutUtils::GetFontMetricsForStyleContext(aFrame->StyleContext(),
|
|
aFontMetrics,
|
|
aInflation);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontMetricsForStyleContext(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
nsFontMetrics** aFontMetrics,
|
|
float aInflation)
|
|
{
|
|
// pass the user font set object into the device context to pass along to CreateFontGroup
|
|
nsPresContext* pc = aStyleContext->PresContext();
|
|
gfxUserFontSet* fs = pc->GetUserFontSet();
|
|
gfxTextPerfMetrics* tp = pc->GetTextPerfMetrics();
|
|
|
|
nsFont font = aStyleContext->StyleFont()->mFont;
|
|
// We need to not run font.size through floats when it's large since
|
|
// doing so would be lossy. Fortunately, in such cases, aInflation is
|
|
// guaranteed to be 1.0f.
|
|
if (aInflation != 1.0f) {
|
|
font.size = NSToCoordRound(font.size * aInflation);
|
|
}
|
|
WritingMode wm(aStyleContext->StyleVisibility());
|
|
return pc->DeviceContext()->GetMetricsFor(
|
|
font, aStyleContext->StyleFont()->mLanguage,
|
|
wm.IsVertical() ? gfxFont::eVertical : gfxFont::eHorizontal,
|
|
fs, tp, *aFontMetrics);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindChildContainingDescendant(nsIFrame* aParent, nsIFrame* aDescendantFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* result = aDescendantFrame;
|
|
|
|
while (result) {
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = result->GetParent();
|
|
if (parent == aParent) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The frame is not an immediate child of aParent so walk up another level
|
|
result = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsBlockFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsBlockFrame* block = do_QueryFrame(aFrame);
|
|
return block;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsBlockFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FindNearestBlockAncestor(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* nextAncestor;
|
|
for (nextAncestor = aFrame->GetParent(); nextAncestor;
|
|
nextAncestor = nextAncestor->GetParent()) {
|
|
nsBlockFrame* block = GetAsBlock(nextAncestor);
|
|
if (block)
|
|
return block;
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNonGeneratedAncestor(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!(aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT))
|
|
return aFrame;
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aFrame;
|
|
do {
|
|
f = GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(f);
|
|
} while (f->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_GENERATED_CONTENT);
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_OUT_OF_FLOW)
|
|
&& !aFrame->GetPrevInFlow()) {
|
|
return aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->FrameManager()->
|
|
GetPlaceholderFrameFor(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
return aFrame->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetParentOrPlaceholderForCrossDoc(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* f = GetParentOrPlaceholderFor(aFrame);
|
|
if (f)
|
|
return f;
|
|
return GetCrossDocParentFrame(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetNextContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *result = aFrame->GetNextContinuation();
|
|
if (result)
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
if ((aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT) != 0) {
|
|
// We only store the ib-split sibling annotation with the first
|
|
// frame in the continuation chain. Walk back to find that frame now.
|
|
aFrame = aFrame->FirstContinuation();
|
|
|
|
void* value = aFrame->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitSibling());
|
|
return static_cast<nsIFrame*>(value);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FirstContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *result = aFrame->FirstContinuation();
|
|
if (result->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT) {
|
|
while (true) {
|
|
nsIFrame *f = static_cast<nsIFrame*>
|
|
(result->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitPrevSibling()));
|
|
if (!f)
|
|
break;
|
|
result = f;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsFirstContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aFrame->GetPrevContinuation()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
if ((aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_PART_OF_IBSPLIT) &&
|
|
aFrame->Properties().Get(nsIFrame::IBSplitPrevSibling())) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsViewportScrollbarFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aFrame)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* rootScrollFrame =
|
|
aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
if (!rootScrollFrame)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* rootScrollableFrame = do_QueryFrame(rootScrollFrame);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(rootScrollableFrame, "The root scorollable frame is null");
|
|
|
|
if (!IsProperAncestorFrame(rootScrollFrame, aFrame))
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame* rootScrolledFrame = rootScrollableFrame->GetScrolledFrame();
|
|
return !(rootScrolledFrame == aFrame ||
|
|
IsProperAncestorFrame(rootScrolledFrame, aFrame));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nscoord AddPercents(nsLayoutUtils::IntrinsicISizeType aType,
|
|
nscoord aCurrent, float aPercent)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord result = aCurrent;
|
|
if (aPercent > 0.0f && aType == nsLayoutUtils::PREF_ISIZE) {
|
|
// XXX Should we also consider percentages for min widths, up to a
|
|
// limit?
|
|
if (aPercent >= 1.0f)
|
|
result = nscoord_MAX;
|
|
else
|
|
result = NSToCoordRound(float(result) / (1.0f - aPercent));
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Use only for widths/heights (or their min/max), since it clamps
|
|
// negative calc() results to 0.
|
|
static bool GetAbsoluteCoord(const nsStyleCoord& aStyle, nscoord& aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aStyle.IsCalcUnit()) {
|
|
if (aStyle.CalcHasPercent()) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
// If it has no percents, we can pass 0 for the percentage basis.
|
|
aResult = nsRuleNode::ComputeComputedCalc(aStyle, 0);
|
|
if (aResult < 0)
|
|
aResult = 0;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (eStyleUnit_Coord != aStyle.GetUnit())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
aResult = aStyle.GetCoordValue();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aResult >= 0, "negative widths not allowed");
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Only call on style coords for which GetAbsoluteCoord returned false.
|
|
static bool
|
|
GetPercentHeight(const nsStyleCoord& aStyle,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nscoord& aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
if (eStyleUnit_Percent != aStyle.GetUnit() &&
|
|
!aStyle.IsCalcUnit())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(!aStyle.IsCalcUnit() || aStyle.CalcHasPercent(),
|
|
"GetAbsoluteCoord should have handled this");
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame *f = aFrame->GetContainingBlock();
|
|
if (!f) {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("top of frame tree not a containing block");
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// During reflow, nsHTMLScrollFrame::ReflowScrolledFrame uses
|
|
// SetComputedHeight on the reflow state for its child to propagate its
|
|
// computed height to the scrolled content. So here we skip to the scroll
|
|
// frame that contains this scrolled content in order to get the same
|
|
// behavior as layout when computing percentage heights.
|
|
if (f->StyleContext()->GetPseudo() == nsCSSAnonBoxes::scrolledContent) {
|
|
f = f->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const nsStylePosition *pos = f->StylePosition();
|
|
nscoord h;
|
|
if (!GetAbsoluteCoord(pos->mHeight, h) &&
|
|
!GetPercentHeight(pos->mHeight, f, h)) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(pos->mHeight.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto ||
|
|
pos->mHeight.HasPercent(),
|
|
"unknown height unit");
|
|
nsIAtom* fType = f->GetType();
|
|
if (fType != nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame && fType != nsGkAtoms::canvasFrame &&
|
|
fType != nsGkAtoms::pageContentFrame) {
|
|
// There's no basis for the percentage height, so it acts like auto.
|
|
// Should we consider a max-height < min-height pair a basis for
|
|
// percentage heights? The spec is somewhat unclear, and not doing
|
|
// so is simpler and avoids troubling discontinuities in behavior,
|
|
// so I'll choose not to. -LDB
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(pos->mHeight.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto,
|
|
"Unexpected height unit for viewport or canvas or page-content");
|
|
// For the viewport, canvas, and page-content kids, the percentage
|
|
// basis is just the parent height.
|
|
h = f->GetSize().height;
|
|
if (h == NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE) {
|
|
// We don't have a percentage basis after all
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord maxh;
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(pos->mMaxHeight, maxh) ||
|
|
GetPercentHeight(pos->mMaxHeight, f, maxh)) {
|
|
if (maxh < h)
|
|
h = maxh;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(pos->mMaxHeight.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None ||
|
|
pos->mMaxHeight.HasPercent(),
|
|
"unknown max-height unit");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord minh;
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(pos->mMinHeight, minh) ||
|
|
GetPercentHeight(pos->mMinHeight, f, minh)) {
|
|
if (minh > h)
|
|
h = minh;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(pos->mMinHeight.HasPercent() ||
|
|
pos->mMinHeight.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto,
|
|
"unknown min-height unit");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aStyle.IsCalcUnit()) {
|
|
aResult = std::max(nsRuleNode::ComputeComputedCalc(aStyle, h), 0);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
aResult = NSToCoordRound(aStyle.GetPercentValue() * h);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Handles only -moz-max-content and -moz-min-content, and
|
|
// -moz-fit-content for min-width and max-width, since the others
|
|
// (-moz-fit-content for width, and -moz-available) have no effect on
|
|
// intrinsic widths.
|
|
enum eWidthProperty { PROP_WIDTH, PROP_MAX_WIDTH, PROP_MIN_WIDTH };
|
|
static bool
|
|
GetIntrinsicCoord(const nsStyleCoord& aStyle,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
eWidthProperty aProperty,
|
|
nscoord& aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aProperty == PROP_WIDTH || aProperty == PROP_MAX_WIDTH ||
|
|
aProperty == PROP_MIN_WIDTH, "unexpected property");
|
|
if (aStyle.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Enumerated)
|
|
return false;
|
|
int32_t val = aStyle.GetIntValue();
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT ||
|
|
val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT ||
|
|
val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_FIT_CONTENT ||
|
|
val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_AVAILABLE,
|
|
"unexpected enumerated value for width property");
|
|
if (val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_AVAILABLE)
|
|
return false;
|
|
if (val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_FIT_CONTENT) {
|
|
if (aProperty == PROP_WIDTH)
|
|
return false; // handle like 'width: auto'
|
|
if (aProperty == PROP_MAX_WIDTH)
|
|
// constrain large 'width' values down to -moz-max-content
|
|
val = NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT;
|
|
else
|
|
// constrain small 'width' or 'max-width' values up to -moz-min-content
|
|
val = NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT ||
|
|
val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT,
|
|
"should have reduced everything remaining to one of these");
|
|
|
|
// If aFrame is a container for font size inflation, then shrink
|
|
// wrapping inside of it should not apply font size inflation.
|
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
if (val == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT)
|
|
aResult = aFrame->GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
else
|
|
aResult = aFrame->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#undef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|
static int32_t gNoiseIndent = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IntrinsicForContainer(nsRenderingContext *aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsIFrame *aFrame,
|
|
IntrinsicISizeType aType,
|
|
uint32_t aFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "null frame");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aType == MIN_ISIZE || aType == PREF_ISIZE, "bad type");
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|
nsFrame::IndentBy(stderr, gNoiseIndent);
|
|
static_cast<nsFrame*>(aFrame)->ListTag(stderr);
|
|
printf_stderr(" %s intrinsic width for container:\n",
|
|
aType == MIN_ISIZE ? "min" : "pref");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// If aFrame is a container for font size inflation, then shrink
|
|
// wrapping inside of it should not apply font size inflation.
|
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::IntrinsicISizeOffsetData offsets =
|
|
aFrame->IntrinsicISizeOffsets(aRenderingContext);
|
|
|
|
const nsStylePosition *stylePos = aFrame->StylePosition();
|
|
uint8_t boxSizing = stylePos->mBoxSizing;
|
|
const nsStyleCoord &styleWidth = stylePos->mWidth;
|
|
const nsStyleCoord &styleMinWidth = stylePos->mMinWidth;
|
|
const nsStyleCoord &styleMaxWidth = stylePos->mMaxWidth;
|
|
|
|
// We build up two values starting with the content box, and then
|
|
// adding padding, border and margin. The result is normally
|
|
// |result|. Then, when we handle 'width', 'min-width', and
|
|
// 'max-width', we use the results we've been building in |min| as a
|
|
// minimum, overriding 'min-width'. This ensures two things:
|
|
// * that we don't let a value of 'box-sizing' specifying a width
|
|
// smaller than the padding/border inside the box-sizing box give
|
|
// a content width less than zero
|
|
// * that we prevent tables from becoming smaller than their
|
|
// intrinsic minimum width
|
|
nscoord result = 0, min = 0;
|
|
|
|
nscoord maxw;
|
|
bool haveFixedMaxWidth = GetAbsoluteCoord(styleMaxWidth, maxw);
|
|
nscoord minw;
|
|
|
|
// Treat "min-width: auto" as 0.
|
|
bool haveFixedMinWidth;
|
|
if (eStyleUnit_Auto == styleMinWidth.GetUnit()) {
|
|
// NOTE: Technically, "auto" is supposed to behave like "min-content" on
|
|
// flex items. However, we don't need to worry about that here, because
|
|
// flex items' min-sizes are intentionally ignored until the flex
|
|
// container explicitly considers them during space distribution.
|
|
minw = 0;
|
|
haveFixedMinWidth = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
haveFixedMinWidth = GetAbsoluteCoord(styleMinWidth, minw);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we have a specified width (or a specified 'min-width' greater
|
|
// than the specified 'max-width', which works out to the same thing),
|
|
// don't even bother getting the frame's intrinsic width, because in
|
|
// this case GetAbsoluteCoord(styleWidth, w) will always succeed, so
|
|
// we'll never need the intrinsic dimensions.
|
|
if (styleWidth.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Enumerated &&
|
|
(styleWidth.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT ||
|
|
styleWidth.GetIntValue() == NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT)) {
|
|
// -moz-fit-content and -moz-available enumerated widths compute intrinsic
|
|
// widths just like auto.
|
|
// For -moz-max-content and -moz-min-content, we handle them like
|
|
// specified widths, but ignore box-sizing.
|
|
boxSizing = NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_CONTENT;
|
|
} else if (!styleWidth.ConvertsToLength() &&
|
|
!(haveFixedMinWidth && haveFixedMaxWidth && maxw <= minw)) {
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|
++gNoiseIndent;
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (aType == MIN_ISIZE)
|
|
result = aFrame->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
else
|
|
result = aFrame->GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|
--gNoiseIndent;
|
|
nsFrame::IndentBy(stderr, gNoiseIndent);
|
|
static_cast<nsFrame*>(aFrame)->ListTag(stderr);
|
|
printf_stderr(" %s intrinsic width from frame is %d.\n",
|
|
aType == MIN_ISIZE ? "min" : "pref", result);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// Handle elements with an intrinsic ratio (or size) and a specified
|
|
// height, min-height, or max-height.
|
|
// NOTE: We treat "min-height:auto" as "0" for the purpose of this code,
|
|
// since that's what it means in all cases except for on flex items -- and
|
|
// even there, we're supposed to ignore it (i.e. treat it as 0) until the
|
|
// flex container explicitly considers it.
|
|
const nsStyleCoord &styleHeight = stylePos->mHeight;
|
|
const nsStyleCoord &styleMinHeight = stylePos->mMinHeight;
|
|
const nsStyleCoord &styleMaxHeight = stylePos->mMaxHeight;
|
|
|
|
if (styleHeight.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto ||
|
|
!(styleMinHeight.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto ||
|
|
(styleMinHeight.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord &&
|
|
styleMinHeight.GetCoordValue() == 0)) ||
|
|
styleMaxHeight.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_None) {
|
|
|
|
nsSize ratio = aFrame->GetIntrinsicRatio();
|
|
|
|
if (ratio.height != 0) {
|
|
nscoord heightTakenByBoxSizing = 0;
|
|
switch (boxSizing) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_BORDER: {
|
|
const nsStyleBorder* styleBorder = aFrame->StyleBorder();
|
|
heightTakenByBoxSizing +=
|
|
styleBorder->GetComputedBorder().TopBottom();
|
|
// fall through
|
|
}
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_PADDING: {
|
|
if (!(aFlags & IGNORE_PADDING)) {
|
|
const nsStylePadding* stylePadding = aFrame->StylePadding();
|
|
nscoord pad;
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(stylePadding->mPadding.GetTop(), pad) ||
|
|
GetPercentHeight(stylePadding->mPadding.GetTop(), aFrame, pad)) {
|
|
heightTakenByBoxSizing += pad;
|
|
}
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(stylePadding->mPadding.GetBottom(), pad) ||
|
|
GetPercentHeight(stylePadding->mPadding.GetBottom(), aFrame, pad)) {
|
|
heightTakenByBoxSizing += pad;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// fall through
|
|
}
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_CONTENT:
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord h;
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(styleHeight, h) ||
|
|
GetPercentHeight(styleHeight, aFrame, h)) {
|
|
h = std::max(0, h - heightTakenByBoxSizing);
|
|
result = NSCoordMulDiv(h, ratio.width, ratio.height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(styleMaxHeight, h) ||
|
|
GetPercentHeight(styleMaxHeight, aFrame, h)) {
|
|
h = std::max(0, h - heightTakenByBoxSizing);
|
|
nscoord maxWidth = NSCoordMulDiv(h, ratio.width, ratio.height);
|
|
if (maxWidth < result)
|
|
result = maxWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(styleMinHeight, h) ||
|
|
GetPercentHeight(styleMinHeight, aFrame, h)) {
|
|
h = std::max(0, h - heightTakenByBoxSizing);
|
|
nscoord minWidth = NSCoordMulDiv(h, ratio.width, ratio.height);
|
|
if (minWidth > result)
|
|
result = minWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::tableFrame) {
|
|
// Tables can't shrink smaller than their intrinsic minimum width,
|
|
// no matter what.
|
|
min = aFrame->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We also need to track what has been added on outside of the box
|
|
// (controlled by 'box-sizing') where 'width', 'min-width' and
|
|
// 'max-width' are applied. We have to account for these properties
|
|
// after getting all the offsets (margin, border, padding) because
|
|
// percentages do not operate linearly.
|
|
// Doing this is ok because although percentages aren't handled
|
|
// linearly, they are handled monotonically.
|
|
nscoord coordOutsideWidth = 0;
|
|
float pctOutsideWidth = 0;
|
|
float pctTotal = 0.0f;
|
|
|
|
if (!(aFlags & IGNORE_PADDING)) {
|
|
coordOutsideWidth += offsets.hPadding;
|
|
pctOutsideWidth += offsets.hPctPadding;
|
|
|
|
if (boxSizing == NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_PADDING) {
|
|
min += coordOutsideWidth;
|
|
result = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(result, coordOutsideWidth);
|
|
pctTotal += pctOutsideWidth;
|
|
|
|
coordOutsideWidth = 0;
|
|
pctOutsideWidth = 0.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
coordOutsideWidth += offsets.hBorder;
|
|
|
|
if (boxSizing == NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_BORDER) {
|
|
min += coordOutsideWidth;
|
|
result = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(result, coordOutsideWidth);
|
|
pctTotal += pctOutsideWidth;
|
|
|
|
coordOutsideWidth = 0;
|
|
pctOutsideWidth = 0.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
coordOutsideWidth += offsets.hMargin;
|
|
pctOutsideWidth += offsets.hPctMargin;
|
|
|
|
min += coordOutsideWidth;
|
|
result = NSCoordSaturatingAdd(result, coordOutsideWidth);
|
|
pctTotal += pctOutsideWidth;
|
|
|
|
nscoord w;
|
|
if (GetAbsoluteCoord(styleWidth, w) ||
|
|
GetIntrinsicCoord(styleWidth, aRenderingContext, aFrame,
|
|
PROP_WIDTH, w)) {
|
|
result = AddPercents(aType, w + coordOutsideWidth, pctOutsideWidth);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (aType == MIN_ISIZE &&
|
|
// The only cases of coord-percent-calc() units that
|
|
// GetAbsoluteCoord didn't handle are percent and calc()s
|
|
// containing percent.
|
|
styleWidth.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit() &&
|
|
aFrame->IsFrameOfType(nsIFrame::eReplaced)) {
|
|
// A percentage width on replaced elements means they can shrink to 0.
|
|
result = 0; // let |min| handle padding/border/margin
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
// NOTE: We could really do a lot better for percents and for some
|
|
// cases of calc() containing percent (certainly including any where
|
|
// the coefficient on the percent is positive and there are no max()
|
|
// expressions). However, doing better for percents wouldn't be
|
|
// backwards compatible.
|
|
result = AddPercents(aType, result, pctTotal);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (haveFixedMaxWidth ||
|
|
GetIntrinsicCoord(styleMaxWidth, aRenderingContext, aFrame,
|
|
PROP_MAX_WIDTH, maxw)) {
|
|
maxw = AddPercents(aType, maxw + coordOutsideWidth, pctOutsideWidth);
|
|
if (result > maxw)
|
|
result = maxw;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (haveFixedMinWidth ||
|
|
GetIntrinsicCoord(styleMinWidth, aRenderingContext, aFrame,
|
|
PROP_MIN_WIDTH, minw)) {
|
|
minw = AddPercents(aType, minw + coordOutsideWidth, pctOutsideWidth);
|
|
if (result < minw)
|
|
result = minw;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
min = AddPercents(aType, min, pctTotal);
|
|
if (result < min)
|
|
result = min;
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleDisplay *disp = aFrame->StyleDisplay();
|
|
if (aFrame->IsThemed(disp)) {
|
|
nsIntSize size(0, 0);
|
|
bool canOverride = true;
|
|
nsPresContext *presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
presContext->GetTheme()->
|
|
GetMinimumWidgetSize(presContext, aFrame, disp->mAppearance,
|
|
&size, &canOverride);
|
|
|
|
nscoord themeWidth = presContext->DevPixelsToAppUnits(size.width);
|
|
|
|
// GMWS() returns a border-box width
|
|
themeWidth += offsets.hMargin;
|
|
themeWidth = AddPercents(aType, themeWidth, offsets.hPctMargin);
|
|
|
|
if (themeWidth > result || !canOverride)
|
|
result = themeWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_INTRINSIC_WIDTH
|
|
nsFrame::IndentBy(stderr, gNoiseIndent);
|
|
static_cast<nsFrame*>(aFrame)->ListTag(stderr);
|
|
printf_stderr(" %s intrinsic width for container is %d twips.\n",
|
|
aType == MIN_ISIZE ? "min" : "pref", result);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeCBDependentValue(nscoord aPercentBasis,
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& aCoord)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_WARN_IF_FALSE(aPercentBasis != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE,
|
|
"have unconstrained width or height; this should only "
|
|
"result from very large sizes, not attempts at intrinsic "
|
|
"size calculation");
|
|
|
|
if (aCoord.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|
return nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord, aPercentBasis);
|
|
}
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None ||
|
|
aCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto,
|
|
"unexpected width value");
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeWidthValue(
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext,
|
|
nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nscoord aContainingBlockWidth,
|
|
nscoord aContentEdgeToBoxSizing,
|
|
nscoord aBoxSizingToMarginEdge,
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& aCoord)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "non-null frame expected");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aRenderingContext, "non-null rendering context expected");
|
|
NS_WARN_IF_FALSE(aContainingBlockWidth != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE,
|
|
"have unconstrained width; this should only result from "
|
|
"very large sizes, not attempts at intrinsic width "
|
|
"calculation");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aContainingBlockWidth >= 0,
|
|
"width less than zero");
|
|
|
|
nscoord result;
|
|
if (aCoord.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|
result = nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord,
|
|
aContainingBlockWidth);
|
|
// The result of a calc() expression might be less than 0; we
|
|
// should clamp at runtime (below). (Percentages and coords that
|
|
// are less than 0 have already been dropped by the parser.)
|
|
result -= aContentEdgeToBoxSizing;
|
|
} else {
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(eStyleUnit_Enumerated == aCoord.GetUnit());
|
|
// If aFrame is a container for font size inflation, then shrink
|
|
// wrapping inside of it should not apply font size inflation.
|
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation an(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
int32_t val = aCoord.GetIntValue();
|
|
switch (val) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MAX_CONTENT:
|
|
result = aFrame->GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(result >= 0, "width less than zero");
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_MIN_CONTENT:
|
|
result = aFrame->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(result >= 0, "width less than zero");
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_FIT_CONTENT:
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord pref = aFrame->GetPrefISize(aRenderingContext),
|
|
min = aFrame->GetMinISize(aRenderingContext),
|
|
fill = aContainingBlockWidth -
|
|
(aBoxSizingToMarginEdge + aContentEdgeToBoxSizing);
|
|
result = std::max(min, std::min(pref, fill));
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(result >= 0, "width less than zero");
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_WIDTH_AVAILABLE:
|
|
result = aContainingBlockWidth -
|
|
(aBoxSizingToMarginEdge + aContentEdgeToBoxSizing);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return std::max(0, result);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeHeightDependentValue(
|
|
nscoord aContainingBlockHeight,
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& aCoord)
|
|
{
|
|
// XXXldb Some callers explicitly check aContainingBlockHeight
|
|
// against NS_AUTOHEIGHT *and* unit against eStyleUnit_Percent or
|
|
// calc()s containing percents before calling this function.
|
|
// However, it would be much more likely to catch problems without
|
|
// the unit conditions.
|
|
// XXXldb Many callers pass a non-'auto' containing block height when
|
|
// according to CSS2.1 they should be passing 'auto'.
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(NS_AUTOHEIGHT != aContainingBlockHeight ||
|
|
!aCoord.HasPercent(),
|
|
"unexpected containing block height");
|
|
|
|
if (aCoord.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|
return nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord, aContainingBlockHeight);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None ||
|
|
aCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto,
|
|
"unexpected height value");
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::MarkDescendantsDirty(nsIFrame *aSubtreeRoot)
|
|
{
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*, 4> subtrees;
|
|
subtrees.AppendElement(aSubtreeRoot);
|
|
|
|
// dirty descendants, iterating over subtrees that may include
|
|
// additional subtrees associated with placeholders
|
|
do {
|
|
nsIFrame *subtreeRoot = subtrees.ElementAt(subtrees.Length() - 1);
|
|
subtrees.RemoveElementAt(subtrees.Length() - 1);
|
|
|
|
// Mark all descendants dirty (using an nsTArray stack rather than
|
|
// recursion).
|
|
// Note that nsHTMLReflowState::InitResizeFlags has some similar
|
|
// code; see comments there for how and why it differs.
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame*, 32> stack;
|
|
stack.AppendElement(subtreeRoot);
|
|
|
|
do {
|
|
nsIFrame *f = stack.ElementAt(stack.Length() - 1);
|
|
stack.RemoveElementAt(stack.Length() - 1);
|
|
|
|
f->MarkIntrinsicISizesDirty();
|
|
|
|
if (f->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::placeholderFrame) {
|
|
nsIFrame *oof = nsPlaceholderFrame::GetRealFrameForPlaceholder(f);
|
|
if (!nsLayoutUtils::IsProperAncestorFrame(subtreeRoot, oof)) {
|
|
// We have another distinct subtree we need to mark.
|
|
subtrees.AppendElement(oof);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(f);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* kid = childFrames.get();
|
|
stack.AppendElement(kid);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} while (stack.Length() != 0);
|
|
} while (subtrees.Length() != 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
LogicalSize
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions(WritingMode aWM,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext, nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const IntrinsicSize& aIntrinsicSize,
|
|
nsSize aIntrinsicRatio,
|
|
const mozilla::LogicalSize& aCBSize,
|
|
const mozilla::LogicalSize& aMargin,
|
|
const mozilla::LogicalSize& aBorder,
|
|
const mozilla::LogicalSize& aPadding)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsStylePosition* stylePos = aFrame->StylePosition();
|
|
|
|
// If we're a flex item, we'll compute our size a bit differently.
|
|
const nsStyleCoord* inlineStyleCoord =
|
|
aWM.IsVertical() ? &stylePos->mHeight : &stylePos->mWidth;
|
|
const nsStyleCoord* blockStyleCoord =
|
|
aWM.IsVertical() ? &stylePos->mWidth : &stylePos->mHeight;
|
|
|
|
bool isFlexItem = aFrame->IsFlexItem();
|
|
bool isInlineFlexItem = false;
|
|
|
|
if (isFlexItem) {
|
|
// Flex items use their "flex-basis" property in place of their main-size
|
|
// property (e.g. "width") for sizing purposes, *unless* they have
|
|
// "flex-basis:main-size", in which case they use their main-size property
|
|
// after all.
|
|
uint32_t flexDirection =
|
|
aFrame->GetParent()->StylePosition()->mFlexDirection;
|
|
isInlineFlexItem =
|
|
flexDirection == NS_STYLE_FLEX_DIRECTION_ROW ||
|
|
flexDirection == NS_STYLE_FLEX_DIRECTION_ROW_REVERSE;
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: The logic here should match the similar chunk for determining
|
|
// inlineStyleCoord and blockStyleCoord in nsFrame::ComputeSize().
|
|
const nsStyleCoord* flexBasis = &(stylePos->mFlexBasis);
|
|
if (!nsStyleUtil::IsFlexBasisMainSize(*flexBasis, isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|
(isInlineFlexItem ? inlineStyleCoord : blockStyleCoord) = flexBasis;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Handle intrinsic sizes and their interaction with
|
|
// {min-,max-,}{width,height} according to the rules in
|
|
// http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/visudet.html#min-max-widths
|
|
|
|
// Note: throughout the following section of the function, I avoid
|
|
// a * (b / c) because of its reduced accuracy relative to a * b / c
|
|
// or (a * b) / c (which are equivalent).
|
|
|
|
const bool isAutoISize = inlineStyleCoord->GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Auto;
|
|
const bool isAutoBSize = IsAutoHeight(*blockStyleCoord, aCBSize.BSize(aWM));
|
|
|
|
LogicalSize boxSizingAdjust(aWM);
|
|
switch (stylePos->mBoxSizing) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_BORDER:
|
|
boxSizingAdjust += aBorder;
|
|
// fall through
|
|
case NS_STYLE_BOX_SIZING_PADDING:
|
|
boxSizingAdjust += aPadding;
|
|
}
|
|
nscoord boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize =
|
|
aMargin.ISize(aWM) + aBorder.ISize(aWM) + aPadding.ISize(aWM) -
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM);
|
|
|
|
nscoord iSize, minISize, maxISize, bSize, minBSize, maxBSize;
|
|
|
|
if (!isAutoISize) {
|
|
iSize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeWidthValue(aRenderingContext,
|
|
aFrame, aCBSize.ISize(aWM), boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize, *inlineStyleCoord);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (stylePos->mMaxWidth.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_None &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|
maxISize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeWidthValue(aRenderingContext,
|
|
aFrame, aCBSize.ISize(aWM), boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize, stylePos->mMaxWidth);
|
|
} else {
|
|
maxISize = nscoord_MAX;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// NOTE: Flex items ignore their min & max sizing properties in their
|
|
// flex container's main-axis. (Those properties get applied later in
|
|
// the flexbox algorithm.)
|
|
if (stylePos->mMinWidth.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|
minISize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeWidthValue(aRenderingContext,
|
|
aFrame, aCBSize.ISize(aWM), boxSizingAdjust.ISize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize, stylePos->mMinWidth);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Treat "min-width: auto" as 0.
|
|
// NOTE: Technically, "auto" is supposed to behave like "min-content" on
|
|
// flex items. However, we don't need to worry about that here, because
|
|
// flex items' min-sizes are intentionally ignored until the flex
|
|
// container explicitly considers them during space distribution.
|
|
minISize = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!isAutoBSize) {
|
|
bSize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeHeightValue(aCBSize.BSize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM),
|
|
*blockStyleCoord);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!IsAutoHeight(stylePos->mMaxHeight, aCBSize.BSize(aWM)) &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && !isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|
maxBSize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeHeightValue(aCBSize.BSize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM),
|
|
stylePos->mMaxHeight);
|
|
} else {
|
|
maxBSize = nscoord_MAX;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!IsAutoHeight(stylePos->mMinHeight, aCBSize.BSize(aWM)) &&
|
|
!(isFlexItem && !isInlineFlexItem)) {
|
|
minBSize = nsLayoutUtils::ComputeHeightValue(aCBSize.BSize(aWM),
|
|
boxSizingAdjust.BSize(aWM),
|
|
stylePos->mMinHeight);
|
|
} else {
|
|
minBSize = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Resolve percentage intrinsic iSize/bSize as necessary:
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aCBSize.ISize(aWM) != NS_UNCONSTRAINEDSIZE,
|
|
"Our containing block must not have unconstrained inline-size!");
|
|
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& isizeCoord(aWM.IsVertical() ?
|
|
aIntrinsicSize.height : aIntrinsicSize.width);
|
|
const nsStyleCoord& bsizeCoord(aWM.IsVertical() ?
|
|
aIntrinsicSize.width : aIntrinsicSize.height);
|
|
|
|
bool hasIntrinsicISize, hasIntrinsicBSize;
|
|
nscoord intrinsicISize, intrinsicBSize;
|
|
|
|
if (isizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord) {
|
|
hasIntrinsicISize = true;
|
|
intrinsicISize = isizeCoord.GetCoordValue();
|
|
if (intrinsicISize < 0)
|
|
intrinsicISize = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(isizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None,
|
|
"unexpected unit");
|
|
hasIntrinsicISize = false;
|
|
intrinsicISize = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (bsizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_Coord) {
|
|
hasIntrinsicBSize = true;
|
|
intrinsicBSize = bsizeCoord.GetCoordValue();
|
|
if (intrinsicBSize < 0)
|
|
intrinsicBSize = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(bsizeCoord.GetUnit() == eStyleUnit_None,
|
|
"unexpected unit");
|
|
hasIntrinsicBSize = false;
|
|
intrinsicBSize = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aIntrinsicRatio.width >= 0 && aIntrinsicRatio.height >= 0,
|
|
"Intrinsic ratio has a negative component!");
|
|
LogicalSize logicalRatio(aWM, aIntrinsicRatio);
|
|
|
|
// Now calculate the used values for iSize and bSize:
|
|
|
|
if (isAutoISize) {
|
|
if (isAutoBSize) {
|
|
|
|
// 'auto' iSize, 'auto' bSize
|
|
|
|
// Get tentative values - CSS 2.1 sections 10.3.2 and 10.6.2:
|
|
|
|
nscoord tentISize, tentBSize;
|
|
|
|
if (hasIntrinsicISize) {
|
|
tentISize = intrinsicISize;
|
|
} else if (hasIntrinsicBSize && logicalRatio.BSize(aWM) > 0) {
|
|
tentISize = NSCoordMulDiv(intrinsicBSize, logicalRatio.ISize(aWM), logicalRatio.BSize(aWM));
|
|
} else if (logicalRatio.ISize(aWM) > 0) {
|
|
tentISize = aCBSize.ISize(aWM) - boxSizingToMarginEdgeISize; // XXX scrollbar?
|
|
if (tentISize < 0) tentISize = 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
tentISize = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(300);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (hasIntrinsicBSize) {
|
|
tentBSize = intrinsicBSize;
|
|
} else if (logicalRatio.ISize(aWM) > 0) {
|
|
tentBSize = NSCoordMulDiv(tentISize, logicalRatio.BSize(aWM), logicalRatio.ISize(aWM));
|
|
} else {
|
|
tentBSize = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(150);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsSize autoSize =
|
|
ComputeAutoSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions(minISize, minBSize,
|
|
maxISize, maxBSize,
|
|
tentISize, tentBSize);
|
|
// The nsSize that ComputeAutoSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions returns will
|
|
// actually contain logical values if the parameters passed to it were
|
|
// logical coordinates, so we do NOT perform a physical-to-logical
|
|
// conversion here, but just assign the fields directly to our result.
|
|
return LogicalSize(aWM, autoSize.width, autoSize.height);
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// 'auto' iSize, non-'auto' bSize
|
|
bSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(bSize, minBSize, maxBSize);
|
|
if (logicalRatio.BSize(aWM) > 0) {
|
|
iSize = NSCoordMulDiv(bSize, logicalRatio.ISize(aWM), logicalRatio.BSize(aWM));
|
|
} else if (hasIntrinsicISize) {
|
|
iSize = intrinsicISize;
|
|
} else {
|
|
iSize = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(300);
|
|
}
|
|
iSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(iSize, minISize, maxISize);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (isAutoBSize) {
|
|
|
|
// non-'auto' iSize, 'auto' bSize
|
|
iSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(iSize, minISize, maxISize);
|
|
if (logicalRatio.ISize(aWM) > 0) {
|
|
bSize = NSCoordMulDiv(iSize, logicalRatio.BSize(aWM), logicalRatio.ISize(aWM));
|
|
} else if (hasIntrinsicBSize) {
|
|
bSize = intrinsicBSize;
|
|
} else {
|
|
bSize = nsPresContext::CSSPixelsToAppUnits(150);
|
|
}
|
|
bSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(bSize, minBSize, maxBSize);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
// non-'auto' iSize, non-'auto' bSize
|
|
iSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(iSize, minISize, maxISize);
|
|
bSize = NS_CSS_MINMAX(bSize, minBSize, maxBSize);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return LogicalSize(aWM, iSize, bSize);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsSize
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeAutoSizeWithIntrinsicDimensions(nscoord minWidth, nscoord minHeight,
|
|
nscoord maxWidth, nscoord maxHeight,
|
|
nscoord tentWidth, nscoord tentHeight)
|
|
{
|
|
// Now apply min/max-width/height - CSS 2.1 sections 10.4 and 10.7:
|
|
|
|
if (minWidth > maxWidth)
|
|
maxWidth = minWidth;
|
|
if (minHeight > maxHeight)
|
|
maxHeight = minHeight;
|
|
|
|
nscoord heightAtMaxWidth, heightAtMinWidth,
|
|
widthAtMaxHeight, widthAtMinHeight;
|
|
|
|
if (tentWidth > 0) {
|
|
heightAtMaxWidth = NSCoordMulDiv(maxWidth, tentHeight, tentWidth);
|
|
if (heightAtMaxWidth < minHeight)
|
|
heightAtMaxWidth = minHeight;
|
|
heightAtMinWidth = NSCoordMulDiv(minWidth, tentHeight, tentWidth);
|
|
if (heightAtMinWidth > maxHeight)
|
|
heightAtMinWidth = maxHeight;
|
|
} else {
|
|
heightAtMaxWidth = heightAtMinWidth = NS_CSS_MINMAX(tentHeight, minHeight, maxHeight);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (tentHeight > 0) {
|
|
widthAtMaxHeight = NSCoordMulDiv(maxHeight, tentWidth, tentHeight);
|
|
if (widthAtMaxHeight < minWidth)
|
|
widthAtMaxHeight = minWidth;
|
|
widthAtMinHeight = NSCoordMulDiv(minHeight, tentWidth, tentHeight);
|
|
if (widthAtMinHeight > maxWidth)
|
|
widthAtMinHeight = maxWidth;
|
|
} else {
|
|
widthAtMaxHeight = widthAtMinHeight = NS_CSS_MINMAX(tentWidth, minWidth, maxWidth);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The table at http://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/visudet.html#min-max-widths :
|
|
|
|
nscoord width, height;
|
|
|
|
if (tentWidth > maxWidth) {
|
|
if (tentHeight > maxHeight) {
|
|
if (int64_t(maxWidth) * int64_t(tentHeight) <=
|
|
int64_t(maxHeight) * int64_t(tentWidth)) {
|
|
width = maxWidth;
|
|
height = heightAtMaxWidth;
|
|
} else {
|
|
width = widthAtMaxHeight;
|
|
height = maxHeight;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// This also covers "(w > max-width) and (h < min-height)" since in
|
|
// that case (max-width/w < 1), and with (h < min-height):
|
|
// max(max-width * h/w, min-height) == min-height
|
|
width = maxWidth;
|
|
height = heightAtMaxWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (tentWidth < minWidth) {
|
|
if (tentHeight < minHeight) {
|
|
if (int64_t(minWidth) * int64_t(tentHeight) <=
|
|
int64_t(minHeight) * int64_t(tentWidth)) {
|
|
width = widthAtMinHeight;
|
|
height = minHeight;
|
|
} else {
|
|
width = minWidth;
|
|
height = heightAtMinWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// This also covers "(w < min-width) and (h > max-height)" since in
|
|
// that case (min-width/w > 1), and with (h > max-height):
|
|
// min(min-width * h/w, max-height) == max-height
|
|
width = minWidth;
|
|
height = heightAtMinWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (tentHeight > maxHeight) {
|
|
width = widthAtMaxHeight;
|
|
height = maxHeight;
|
|
} else if (tentHeight < minHeight) {
|
|
width = widthAtMinHeight;
|
|
height = minHeight;
|
|
} else {
|
|
width = tentWidth;
|
|
height = tentHeight;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nsSize(width, height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::MinISizeFromInline(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aFrame->IsContainerForFontSizeInflation(),
|
|
"should not be container for font size inflation");
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::InlineMinISizeData data;
|
|
DISPLAY_MIN_WIDTH(aFrame, data.prevLines);
|
|
aFrame->AddInlineMinISize(aRenderingContext, &data);
|
|
data.ForceBreak(aRenderingContext);
|
|
return data.prevLines;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::PrefISizeFromInline(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aRenderingContext)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!aFrame->IsContainerForFontSizeInflation(),
|
|
"should not be container for font size inflation");
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::InlinePrefISizeData data;
|
|
DISPLAY_PREF_WIDTH(aFrame, data.prevLines);
|
|
aFrame->AddInlinePrefISize(aRenderingContext, &data);
|
|
data.ForceBreak(aRenderingContext);
|
|
return data.prevLines;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nscolor
|
|
DarkenColor(nscolor aColor)
|
|
{
|
|
uint16_t hue, sat, value;
|
|
uint8_t alpha;
|
|
|
|
// convert the RBG to HSV so we can get the lightness (which is the v)
|
|
NS_RGB2HSV(aColor, hue, sat, value, alpha);
|
|
|
|
// The goal here is to send white to black while letting colored
|
|
// stuff stay colored... So we adopt the following approach.
|
|
// Something with sat = 0 should end up with value = 0. Something
|
|
// with a high sat can end up with a high value and it's ok.... At
|
|
// the same time, we don't want to make things lighter. Do
|
|
// something simple, since it seems to work.
|
|
if (value > sat) {
|
|
value = sat;
|
|
// convert this color back into the RGB color space.
|
|
NS_HSV2RGB(aColor, hue, sat, value, alpha);
|
|
}
|
|
return aColor;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check whether we should darken text/decoration colors. We need to do this if
|
|
// background images and colors are being suppressed, because that means
|
|
// light text will not be visible against the (presumed light-colored) background.
|
|
static bool
|
|
ShouldDarkenColors(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|
{
|
|
return !aPresContext->GetBackgroundColorDraw() &&
|
|
!aPresContext->GetBackgroundImageDraw();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscolor
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetColor(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsCSSProperty aProperty)
|
|
{
|
|
nscolor color = aFrame->GetVisitedDependentColor(aProperty);
|
|
if (ShouldDarkenColors(aFrame->PresContext())) {
|
|
color = DarkenColor(color);
|
|
}
|
|
return color;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gfxFloat
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetSnappedBaselineY(nsIFrame* aFrame, gfxContext* aContext,
|
|
nscoord aY, nscoord aAscent)
|
|
{
|
|
gfxFloat appUnitsPerDevUnit = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
gfxFloat baseline = gfxFloat(aY) + aAscent;
|
|
gfxRect putativeRect(0, baseline/appUnitsPerDevUnit, 1, 1);
|
|
if (!aContext->UserToDevicePixelSnapped(putativeRect, true))
|
|
return baseline;
|
|
return aContext->DeviceToUser(putativeRect.TopLeft()).y * appUnitsPerDevUnit;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Hard limit substring lengths to 8000 characters ... this lets us statically
|
|
// size the cluster buffer array in FindSafeLength
|
|
#define MAX_GFX_TEXT_BUF_SIZE 8000
|
|
|
|
static int32_t FindSafeLength(const char16_t *aString, uint32_t aLength,
|
|
uint32_t aMaxChunkLength)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aLength <= aMaxChunkLength)
|
|
return aLength;
|
|
|
|
int32_t len = aMaxChunkLength;
|
|
|
|
// Ensure that we don't break inside a surrogate pair
|
|
while (len > 0 && NS_IS_LOW_SURROGATE(aString[len])) {
|
|
len--;
|
|
}
|
|
if (len == 0) {
|
|
// We don't want our caller to go into an infinite loop, so don't
|
|
// return zero. It's hard to imagine how we could actually get here
|
|
// unless there are languages that allow clusters of arbitrary size.
|
|
// If there are and someone feeds us a 500+ character cluster, too
|
|
// bad.
|
|
return aMaxChunkLength;
|
|
}
|
|
return len;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int32_t GetMaxChunkLength(nsFontMetrics& aFontMetrics)
|
|
{
|
|
return std::min(aFontMetrics.GetMaxStringLength(), MAX_GFX_TEXT_BUF_SIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::AppUnitWidthOfString(const char16_t *aString,
|
|
uint32_t aLength,
|
|
nsFontMetrics& aFontMetrics,
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t maxChunkLength = GetMaxChunkLength(aFontMetrics);
|
|
nscoord width = 0;
|
|
while (aLength > 0) {
|
|
int32_t len = FindSafeLength(aString, aLength, maxChunkLength);
|
|
width += aFontMetrics.GetWidth(aString, len, &aContext);
|
|
aLength -= len;
|
|
aString += len;
|
|
}
|
|
return width;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::AppUnitWidthOfStringBidi(const char16_t* aString,
|
|
uint32_t aLength,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsFontMetrics& aFontMetrics,
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
if (presContext->BidiEnabled()) {
|
|
nsBidiLevel level =
|
|
nsBidiPresUtils::BidiLevelFromStyle(aFrame->StyleContext());
|
|
return nsBidiPresUtils::MeasureTextWidth(aString, aLength, level,
|
|
presContext, aContext,
|
|
aFontMetrics);
|
|
}
|
|
aFontMetrics.SetTextRunRTL(false);
|
|
return nsLayoutUtils::AppUnitWidthOfString(aString, aLength, aFontMetrics,
|
|
aContext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsBoundingMetrics
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::AppUnitBoundsOfString(const char16_t* aString,
|
|
uint32_t aLength,
|
|
nsFontMetrics& aFontMetrics,
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t maxChunkLength = GetMaxChunkLength(aFontMetrics);
|
|
int32_t len = FindSafeLength(aString, aLength, maxChunkLength);
|
|
// Assign directly in the first iteration. This ensures that
|
|
// negative ascent/descent can be returned and the left bearing
|
|
// is properly initialized.
|
|
nsBoundingMetrics totalMetrics =
|
|
aFontMetrics.GetBoundingMetrics(aString, len, &aContext);
|
|
aLength -= len;
|
|
aString += len;
|
|
|
|
while (aLength > 0) {
|
|
len = FindSafeLength(aString, aLength, maxChunkLength);
|
|
nsBoundingMetrics metrics =
|
|
aFontMetrics.GetBoundingMetrics(aString, len, &aContext);
|
|
totalMetrics += metrics;
|
|
aLength -= len;
|
|
aString += len;
|
|
}
|
|
return totalMetrics;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawString(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsFontMetrics& aFontMetrics,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aContext,
|
|
const char16_t* aString,
|
|
int32_t aLength,
|
|
nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
nsStyleContext* aStyleContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
if (presContext->BidiEnabled()) {
|
|
nsBidiLevel level =
|
|
nsBidiPresUtils::BidiLevelFromStyle(aStyleContext ?
|
|
aStyleContext : aFrame->StyleContext());
|
|
rv = nsBidiPresUtils::RenderText(aString, aLength, level,
|
|
presContext, *aContext, *aContext,
|
|
aFontMetrics,
|
|
aPoint.x, aPoint.y);
|
|
}
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
{
|
|
aFontMetrics.SetTextRunRTL(false);
|
|
DrawUniDirString(aString, aLength, aPoint, aFontMetrics, *aContext);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawUniDirString(const char16_t* aString,
|
|
uint32_t aLength,
|
|
nsPoint aPoint,
|
|
nsFontMetrics& aFontMetrics,
|
|
nsRenderingContext& aContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord x = aPoint.x;
|
|
nscoord y = aPoint.y;
|
|
|
|
uint32_t maxChunkLength = GetMaxChunkLength(aFontMetrics);
|
|
if (aLength <= maxChunkLength) {
|
|
aFontMetrics.DrawString(aString, aLength, x, y, &aContext, &aContext);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool isRTL = aFontMetrics.GetTextRunRTL();
|
|
|
|
// If we're drawing right to left, we must start at the end.
|
|
if (isRTL) {
|
|
x += nsLayoutUtils::AppUnitWidthOfString(aString, aLength, aFontMetrics,
|
|
aContext);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while (aLength > 0) {
|
|
int32_t len = FindSafeLength(aString, aLength, maxChunkLength);
|
|
nscoord width = aFontMetrics.GetWidth(aString, len, &aContext);
|
|
if (isRTL) {
|
|
x -= width;
|
|
}
|
|
aFontMetrics.DrawString(aString, len, x, y, &aContext, &aContext);
|
|
if (!isRTL) {
|
|
x += width;
|
|
}
|
|
aLength -= len;
|
|
aString += len;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::PaintTextShadow(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsRenderingContext* aContext,
|
|
const nsRect& aTextRect,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirtyRect,
|
|
const nscolor& aForegroundColor,
|
|
TextShadowCallback aCallback,
|
|
void* aCallbackData)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsStyleText* textStyle = aFrame->StyleText();
|
|
if (!textStyle->HasTextShadow())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
// Text shadow happens with the last value being painted at the back,
|
|
// ie. it is painted first.
|
|
gfxContext* aDestCtx = aContext->ThebesContext();
|
|
for (uint32_t i = textStyle->mTextShadow->Length(); i > 0; --i) {
|
|
nsCSSShadowItem* shadowDetails = textStyle->mTextShadow->ShadowAt(i - 1);
|
|
nsPoint shadowOffset(shadowDetails->mXOffset,
|
|
shadowDetails->mYOffset);
|
|
nscoord blurRadius = std::max(shadowDetails->mRadius, 0);
|
|
|
|
nsRect shadowRect(aTextRect);
|
|
shadowRect.MoveBy(shadowOffset);
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* presCtx = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
nsContextBoxBlur contextBoxBlur;
|
|
gfxContext* shadowContext = contextBoxBlur.Init(shadowRect, 0, blurRadius,
|
|
presCtx->AppUnitsPerDevPixel(),
|
|
aDestCtx, aDirtyRect, nullptr);
|
|
if (!shadowContext)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
nscolor shadowColor;
|
|
if (shadowDetails->mHasColor)
|
|
shadowColor = shadowDetails->mColor;
|
|
else
|
|
shadowColor = aForegroundColor;
|
|
|
|
// Conjure an nsRenderingContext from a gfxContext for drawing the text
|
|
// to blur.
|
|
nsRenderingContext renderingContext(shadowContext);
|
|
|
|
aDestCtx->Save();
|
|
aDestCtx->NewPath();
|
|
aDestCtx->SetColor(gfxRGBA(shadowColor));
|
|
|
|
// The callback will draw whatever we want to blur as a shadow.
|
|
aCallback(&renderingContext, shadowOffset, shadowColor, aCallbackData);
|
|
|
|
contextBoxBlur.DoPaint();
|
|
aDestCtx->Restore();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetCenteredFontBaseline(nsFontMetrics* aFontMetrics,
|
|
nscoord aLineHeight)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord fontAscent = aFontMetrics->MaxAscent();
|
|
nscoord fontHeight = aFontMetrics->MaxHeight();
|
|
|
|
nscoord leading = aLineHeight - fontHeight;
|
|
return fontAscent + leading/2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFirstLineBaseline(WritingMode aWritingMode,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aFrame, nscoord* aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
LinePosition position;
|
|
if (!GetFirstLinePosition(aWritingMode, aFrame, &position))
|
|
return false;
|
|
*aResult = position.mBaseline;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFirstLinePosition(WritingMode aWM,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
LinePosition* aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsBlockFrame* block = nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(const_cast<nsIFrame*>(aFrame));
|
|
if (!block) {
|
|
// For the first-line baseline we also have to check for a table, and if
|
|
// so, use the baseline of its first row.
|
|
nsIAtom* fType = aFrame->GetType();
|
|
if (fType == nsGkAtoms::tableOuterFrame) {
|
|
aResult->mBStart = 0;
|
|
aResult->mBaseline = aFrame->GetLogicalBaseline(aWM);
|
|
// This is what we want for the list bullet caller; not sure if
|
|
// other future callers will want the same.
|
|
aResult->mBEnd = aFrame->BSize(aWM);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// For first-line baselines, we have to consider scroll frames.
|
|
if (fType == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame) {
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame *sFrame = do_QueryFrame(const_cast<nsIFrame*>(aFrame));
|
|
if (!sFrame) {
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("not scroll frame");
|
|
}
|
|
LinePosition kidPosition;
|
|
if (GetFirstLinePosition(aWM,
|
|
sFrame->GetScrolledFrame(), &kidPosition)) {
|
|
// Consider only the border and padding that contributes to the
|
|
// kid's position, not the scrolling, so we get the initial
|
|
// position.
|
|
*aResult = kidPosition +
|
|
aFrame->GetLogicalUsedBorderAndPadding(aWM).BStart(aWM);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (fType == nsGkAtoms::fieldSetFrame) {
|
|
LinePosition kidPosition;
|
|
nsIFrame* kid = aFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild();
|
|
// kid might be a legend frame here, but that's ok.
|
|
if (GetFirstLinePosition(aWM, kid, &kidPosition)) {
|
|
*aResult = kidPosition +
|
|
kid->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM, aFrame->GetSize().width).B(aWM);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// No baseline.
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (nsBlockFrame::const_line_iterator line = block->begin_lines(),
|
|
line_end = block->end_lines();
|
|
line != line_end; ++line) {
|
|
if (line->IsBlock()) {
|
|
nsIFrame *kid = line->mFirstChild;
|
|
LinePosition kidPosition;
|
|
if (GetFirstLinePosition(aWM, kid, &kidPosition)) {
|
|
//XXX Not sure if this is the correct value to use for container
|
|
// width here. It will only be used in vertical-rl layout,
|
|
// which we don't have full support and testing for yet.
|
|
nscoord containerWidth = line->mContainerWidth;
|
|
*aResult = kidPosition +
|
|
kid->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM, containerWidth).B(aWM);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// XXX Is this the right test? We have some bogus empty lines
|
|
// floating around, but IsEmpty is perhaps too weak.
|
|
if (line->BSize() != 0 || !line->IsEmpty()) {
|
|
nscoord bStart = line->BStart();
|
|
aResult->mBStart = bStart;
|
|
aResult->mBaseline = bStart + line->GetLogicalAscent();
|
|
aResult->mBEnd = bStart + line->BSize();
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetLastLineBaseline(WritingMode aWM,
|
|
const nsIFrame* aFrame, nscoord* aResult)
|
|
{
|
|
const nsBlockFrame* block = nsLayoutUtils::GetAsBlock(const_cast<nsIFrame*>(aFrame));
|
|
if (!block)
|
|
// No baseline. (We intentionally don't descend into scroll frames.)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
for (nsBlockFrame::const_reverse_line_iterator line = block->rbegin_lines(),
|
|
line_end = block->rend_lines();
|
|
line != line_end; ++line) {
|
|
if (line->IsBlock()) {
|
|
nsIFrame *kid = line->mFirstChild;
|
|
nscoord kidBaseline;
|
|
nscoord containerWidth = line->mContainerWidth;
|
|
if (GetLastLineBaseline(aWM, kid, &kidBaseline)) {
|
|
// Ignore relative positioning for baseline calculations
|
|
*aResult = kidBaseline +
|
|
kid->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM, containerWidth).B(aWM);
|
|
return true;
|
|
} else if (kid->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame) {
|
|
// Use the bottom of the scroll frame.
|
|
// XXX CSS2.1 really doesn't say what to do here.
|
|
*aResult = kid->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM, containerWidth).B(aWM) +
|
|
kid->BSize(aWM);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// XXX Is this the right test? We have some bogus empty lines
|
|
// floating around, but IsEmpty is perhaps too weak.
|
|
if (line->BSize() != 0 || !line->IsEmpty()) {
|
|
*aResult = line->BStart() + line->GetLogicalAscent();
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nscoord
|
|
CalculateBlockContentBEnd(WritingMode aWM, nsBlockFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "null ptr");
|
|
|
|
nscoord contentBEnd = 0;
|
|
|
|
for (nsBlockFrame::line_iterator line = aFrame->begin_lines(),
|
|
line_end = aFrame->end_lines();
|
|
line != line_end; ++line) {
|
|
if (line->IsBlock()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = line->mFirstChild;
|
|
nscoord containerWidth = line->mContainerWidth;
|
|
nscoord offset =
|
|
child->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM, containerWidth).B(aWM);
|
|
contentBEnd =
|
|
std::max(contentBEnd,
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateContentBEnd(aWM, child) + offset);
|
|
}
|
|
else {
|
|
contentBEnd = std::max(contentBEnd, line->BEnd());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return contentBEnd;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateContentBEnd(WritingMode aWM, nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "null ptr");
|
|
|
|
nscoord contentBEnd = aFrame->BSize(aWM);
|
|
|
|
// We want scrollable overflow rather than visual because this
|
|
// calculation is intended to affect layout.
|
|
LogicalSize overflowSize(aWM, aFrame->GetScrollableOverflowRect().Size());
|
|
if (overflowSize.BSize(aWM) > contentBEnd) {
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIDs skip(nsIFrame::kOverflowList |
|
|
nsIFrame::kExcessOverflowContainersList |
|
|
nsIFrame::kOverflowOutOfFlowList);
|
|
nsBlockFrame* blockFrame = GetAsBlock(aFrame);
|
|
if (blockFrame) {
|
|
contentBEnd =
|
|
std::max(contentBEnd, CalculateBlockContentBEnd(aWM, blockFrame));
|
|
skip |= nsIFrame::kPrincipalList;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(aFrame);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
if (!skip.Contains(lists.CurrentID())) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = childFrames.get();
|
|
nscoord offset =
|
|
child->GetLogicalNormalPosition(aWM,
|
|
aFrame->GetSize().width).B(aWM);
|
|
contentBEnd = std::max(contentBEnd,
|
|
CalculateContentBEnd(aWM, child) + offset);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return contentBEnd;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetClosestLayer(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame* layer;
|
|
for (layer = aFrame; layer; layer = layer->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (layer->IsPositioned() ||
|
|
(layer->GetParent() &&
|
|
layer->GetParent()->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::scrollFrame))
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (layer)
|
|
return layer;
|
|
return aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->FrameManager()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GraphicsFilter
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetGraphicsFilterForFrame(nsIFrame* aForFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
GraphicsFilter defaultFilter = GraphicsFilter::FILTER_GOOD;
|
|
nsStyleContext *sc;
|
|
if (nsCSSRendering::IsCanvasFrame(aForFrame)) {
|
|
nsCSSRendering::FindBackground(aForFrame, &sc);
|
|
} else {
|
|
sc = aForFrame->StyleContext();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
switch (sc->StyleSVG()->mImageRendering) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_IMAGE_RENDERING_OPTIMIZESPEED:
|
|
return GraphicsFilter::FILTER_FAST;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_IMAGE_RENDERING_OPTIMIZEQUALITY:
|
|
return GraphicsFilter::FILTER_BEST;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_IMAGE_RENDERING_CRISPEDGES:
|
|
return GraphicsFilter::FILTER_NEAREST;
|
|
default:
|
|
return defaultFilter;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Given an image being drawn into an appunit coordinate system, and
|
|
* a point in that coordinate system, map the point back into image
|
|
* pixel space.
|
|
* @param aSize the size of the image, in pixels
|
|
* @param aDest the rectangle that the image is being mapped into
|
|
* @param aPt a point in the same coordinate system as the rectangle
|
|
*/
|
|
static gfxPoint
|
|
MapToFloatImagePixels(const gfxSize& aSize,
|
|
const gfxRect& aDest, const gfxPoint& aPt)
|
|
{
|
|
return gfxPoint(((aPt.x - aDest.X())*aSize.width)/aDest.Width(),
|
|
((aPt.y - aDest.Y())*aSize.height)/aDest.Height());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Given an image being drawn into an pixel-based coordinate system, and
|
|
* a point in image space, map the point into the pixel-based coordinate
|
|
* system.
|
|
* @param aSize the size of the image, in pixels
|
|
* @param aDest the rectangle that the image is being mapped into
|
|
* @param aPt a point in image space
|
|
*/
|
|
static gfxPoint
|
|
MapToFloatUserPixels(const gfxSize& aSize,
|
|
const gfxRect& aDest, const gfxPoint& aPt)
|
|
{
|
|
return gfxPoint(aPt.x*aDest.Width()/aSize.width + aDest.X(),
|
|
aPt.y*aDest.Height()/aSize.height + aDest.Y());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ gfxRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(const nsRect& aRect, int32_t aAppUnitsPerDevPixel)
|
|
{
|
|
return gfxRect(gfxFloat(aRect.x) / aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|
gfxFloat(aRect.y) / aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|
gfxFloat(aRect.width) / aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|
gfxFloat(aRect.height) / aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
struct SnappedImageDrawingParameters {
|
|
// A transform from image space to device space.
|
|
gfxMatrix imageSpaceToDeviceSpace;
|
|
// The size at which the image should be drawn (which may not be its
|
|
// intrinsic size due to, for example, HQ scaling).
|
|
nsIntSize size;
|
|
// The region in tiled image space which will be drawn, with an associated
|
|
// region to which sampling should be restricted.
|
|
ImageRegion region;
|
|
// Whether there's anything to draw at all.
|
|
bool shouldDraw;
|
|
|
|
SnappedImageDrawingParameters()
|
|
: region(ImageRegion::Empty())
|
|
, shouldDraw(false)
|
|
{}
|
|
|
|
SnappedImageDrawingParameters(const gfxMatrix& aImageSpaceToDeviceSpace,
|
|
const nsIntSize& aSize,
|
|
const ImageRegion& aRegion)
|
|
: imageSpaceToDeviceSpace(aImageSpaceToDeviceSpace)
|
|
, size(aSize)
|
|
, region(aRegion)
|
|
, shouldDraw(true)
|
|
{}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Given two axis-aligned rectangles, returns the transformation that maps the
|
|
* first onto the second.
|
|
*
|
|
* @param aFrom The rect to be transformed.
|
|
* @param aTo The rect that aFrom should be mapped onto by the transformation.
|
|
*/
|
|
static gfxMatrix
|
|
TransformBetweenRects(const gfxRect& aFrom, const gfxRect& aTo)
|
|
{
|
|
gfxSize scale(aTo.width / aFrom.width,
|
|
aTo.height / aFrom.height);
|
|
gfxPoint translation(aTo.x - aFrom.x * scale.width,
|
|
aTo.y - aFrom.y * scale.height);
|
|
return gfxMatrix(scale.width, 0, 0, scale.height,
|
|
translation.x, translation.y);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static nsRect
|
|
TileNearRect(const nsRect& aAnyTile, const nsRect& aTargetRect)
|
|
{
|
|
nsPoint distance = aTargetRect.TopLeft() - aAnyTile.TopLeft();
|
|
return aAnyTile + nsPoint(distance.x / aAnyTile.width * aAnyTile.width,
|
|
distance.y / aAnyTile.height * aAnyTile.height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gfxFloat
|
|
StableRound(gfxFloat aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
// Values slightly less than 0.5 should round up like 0.5 would; we're
|
|
// assuming they were meant to be 0.5.
|
|
return floor(aValue + 0.5001);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static gfxPoint
|
|
StableRound(const gfxPoint& aPoint)
|
|
{
|
|
return gfxPoint(StableRound(aPoint.x), StableRound(aPoint.y));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Given a set of input parameters, compute certain output parameters
|
|
* for drawing an image with the image snapping algorithm.
|
|
* See https://wiki.mozilla.org/Gecko:Image_Snapping_and_Rendering
|
|
*
|
|
* @see nsLayoutUtils::DrawImage() for the descriptions of input parameters
|
|
*/
|
|
static SnappedImageDrawingParameters
|
|
ComputeSnappedImageDrawingParameters(gfxContext* aCtx,
|
|
int32_t aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|
const nsRect aDest,
|
|
const nsRect aFill,
|
|
const nsPoint aAnchor,
|
|
const nsRect aDirty,
|
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|
GraphicsFilter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|
uint32_t aImageFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aDest.IsEmpty() || aFill.IsEmpty())
|
|
return SnappedImageDrawingParameters();
|
|
|
|
// Avoid unnecessarily large offsets.
|
|
bool doTile = !aDest.Contains(aFill);
|
|
nsRect dest = doTile ? TileNearRect(aDest, aFill.Intersect(aDirty)) : aDest;
|
|
nsPoint anchor = aAnchor + (dest.TopLeft() - aDest.TopLeft());
|
|
|
|
gfxRect devPixelDest =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(dest, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|
gfxRect devPixelFill =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(aFill, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|
gfxRect devPixelDirty =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RectToGfxRect(aDirty, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|
|
|
gfxMatrix currentMatrix = aCtx->CurrentMatrix();
|
|
gfxRect fill = devPixelFill;
|
|
bool didSnap;
|
|
// Snap even if we have a scale in the context. But don't snap if
|
|
// we have something that's not translation+scale, or if the scale flips in
|
|
// the X or Y direction, because snapped image drawing can't handle that yet.
|
|
if (!currentMatrix.HasNonAxisAlignedTransform() &&
|
|
currentMatrix._11 > 0.0 && currentMatrix._22 > 0.0 &&
|
|
aCtx->UserToDevicePixelSnapped(fill, true)) {
|
|
didSnap = true;
|
|
if (fill.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
return SnappedImageDrawingParameters();
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
didSnap = false;
|
|
fill = devPixelFill;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gfxSize destScale = didSnap ? gfxSize(currentMatrix._11, currentMatrix._22)
|
|
: gfxSize(1.0, 1.0);
|
|
gfxSize appUnitScaledDest(dest.width * destScale.width,
|
|
dest.height * destScale.height);
|
|
gfxSize scaledDest = appUnitScaledDest / aAppUnitsPerDevPixel;
|
|
gfxSize snappedScaledDest =
|
|
gfxSize(NSAppUnitsToIntPixels(appUnitScaledDest.width, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel),
|
|
NSAppUnitsToIntPixels(appUnitScaledDest.height, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel));
|
|
|
|
if (scaledDest.IsEmpty() || snappedScaledDest.IsEmpty()) {
|
|
return SnappedImageDrawingParameters();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIntSize intImageSize =
|
|
aImage->OptimalImageSizeForDest(snappedScaledDest,
|
|
imgIContainer::FRAME_CURRENT,
|
|
aGraphicsFilter, aImageFlags);
|
|
gfxSize imageSize(intImageSize.width, intImageSize.height);
|
|
|
|
// Compute the set of pixels that would be sampled by an ideal rendering
|
|
gfxPoint subimageTopLeft =
|
|
MapToFloatImagePixels(imageSize, devPixelDest, devPixelFill.TopLeft());
|
|
gfxPoint subimageBottomRight =
|
|
MapToFloatImagePixels(imageSize, devPixelDest, devPixelFill.BottomRight());
|
|
gfxRect subimage;
|
|
subimage.MoveTo(NSToIntFloor(subimageTopLeft.x),
|
|
NSToIntFloor(subimageTopLeft.y));
|
|
subimage.SizeTo(NSToIntCeil(subimageBottomRight.x) - subimage.x,
|
|
NSToIntCeil(subimageBottomRight.y) - subimage.y);
|
|
|
|
gfxMatrix transform;
|
|
gfxMatrix invTransform;
|
|
|
|
bool anchorAtUpperLeft = anchor.x == dest.x && anchor.y == dest.y;
|
|
bool exactlyOneImageCopy = aFill.IsEqualEdges(dest);
|
|
if (anchorAtUpperLeft && exactlyOneImageCopy) {
|
|
// The simple case: we can ignore the anchor point and compute the
|
|
// transformation from the sampled region (the subimage) to the fill rect.
|
|
// This approach is preferable when it works since it tends to produce
|
|
// less numerical error.
|
|
transform = TransformBetweenRects(subimage, fill);
|
|
invTransform = TransformBetweenRects(fill, subimage);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// The more complicated case: we compute the transformation from the
|
|
// image rect positioned at the image space anchor point to the dest rect
|
|
// positioned at the device space anchor point.
|
|
|
|
// Compute the anchor point in both device space and image space. This
|
|
// code assumes that pixel-based devices have one pixel per device unit!
|
|
gfxPoint anchorPoint(gfxFloat(anchor.x)/aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|
gfxFloat(anchor.y)/aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|
gfxPoint imageSpaceAnchorPoint =
|
|
MapToFloatImagePixels(imageSize, devPixelDest, anchorPoint);
|
|
|
|
if (didSnap) {
|
|
imageSpaceAnchorPoint = StableRound(imageSpaceAnchorPoint);
|
|
anchorPoint = imageSpaceAnchorPoint;
|
|
anchorPoint = MapToFloatUserPixels(imageSize, devPixelDest, anchorPoint);
|
|
anchorPoint = currentMatrix.Transform(anchorPoint);
|
|
anchorPoint = StableRound(anchorPoint);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gfxRect anchoredDestRect(anchorPoint, scaledDest);
|
|
gfxRect anchoredImageRect(imageSpaceAnchorPoint, imageSize);
|
|
transform = TransformBetweenRects(anchoredImageRect, anchoredDestRect);
|
|
invTransform = TransformBetweenRects(anchoredDestRect, anchoredImageRect);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the transform is not a straight translation by integers, then
|
|
// filtering will occur, and restricting the fill rect to the dirty rect
|
|
// would change the values computed for edge pixels, which we can't allow.
|
|
// Also, if 'didSnap' is false then rounding out 'devPixelDirty' might not
|
|
// produce pixel-aligned coordinates, which would also break the values
|
|
// computed for edge pixels.
|
|
if (didSnap && !invTransform.HasNonIntegerTranslation()) {
|
|
// This form of Transform is safe to call since non-axis-aligned
|
|
// transforms wouldn't be snapped.
|
|
devPixelDirty = currentMatrix.Transform(devPixelDirty);
|
|
devPixelDirty.RoundOut();
|
|
fill = fill.Intersect(devPixelDirty);
|
|
}
|
|
if (fill.IsEmpty())
|
|
return SnappedImageDrawingParameters();
|
|
|
|
gfxRect imageSpaceFill(didSnap ? invTransform.Transform(fill)
|
|
: invTransform.TransformBounds(fill));
|
|
|
|
// If we didn't snap, we need to post-multiply the matrix on the context to
|
|
// get the final matrix we'll draw with, because we didn't take it into
|
|
// account when computing the matrices above.
|
|
if (!didSnap) {
|
|
transform = transform * currentMatrix;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ImageRegion region =
|
|
ImageRegion::CreateWithSamplingRestriction(imageSpaceFill, subimage);
|
|
return SnappedImageDrawingParameters(transform, intImageSize, region);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
static nsresult
|
|
DrawImageInternal(gfxContext& aContext,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|
GraphicsFilter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|
const nsRect& aDest,
|
|
const nsRect& aFill,
|
|
const nsPoint& aAnchor,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirty,
|
|
const SVGImageContext* aSVGContext,
|
|
uint32_t aImageFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aPresContext->Type() == nsPresContext::eContext_Print) {
|
|
// We want vector images to be passed on as vector commands, not a raster
|
|
// image.
|
|
aImageFlags |= imgIContainer::FLAG_BYPASS_SURFACE_CACHE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aDest.Contains(aFill)) {
|
|
aImageFlags |= imgIContainer::FLAG_CLAMP;
|
|
}
|
|
int32_t appUnitsPerDevPixel =
|
|
aPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
|
|
SnappedImageDrawingParameters params =
|
|
ComputeSnappedImageDrawingParameters(&aContext, appUnitsPerDevPixel, aDest,
|
|
aFill, aAnchor, aDirty, aImage,
|
|
aGraphicsFilter, aImageFlags);
|
|
|
|
if (!params.shouldDraw)
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
|
|
gfxContextMatrixAutoSaveRestore contextMatrixRestorer(&aContext);
|
|
aContext.SetMatrix(params.imageSpaceToDeviceSpace);
|
|
|
|
aImage->Draw(&aContext, params.size, params.region, imgIContainer::FRAME_CURRENT,
|
|
aGraphicsFilter, ToMaybe(aSVGContext), aImageFlags);
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawSingleUnscaledImage(gfxContext& aContext,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|
GraphicsFilter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|
const nsPoint& aDest,
|
|
const nsRect* aDirty,
|
|
uint32_t aImageFlags,
|
|
const nsRect* aSourceArea)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIntSize imageSize;
|
|
aImage->GetWidth(&imageSize.width);
|
|
aImage->GetHeight(&imageSize.height);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_TRUE(imageSize.width > 0 && imageSize.height > 0, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
|
|
|
|
nscoord appUnitsPerCSSPixel = nsDeviceContext::AppUnitsPerCSSPixel();
|
|
nsSize size(imageSize.width*appUnitsPerCSSPixel,
|
|
imageSize.height*appUnitsPerCSSPixel);
|
|
|
|
nsRect source;
|
|
if (aSourceArea) {
|
|
source = *aSourceArea;
|
|
} else {
|
|
source.SizeTo(size);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect dest(aDest - source.TopLeft(), size);
|
|
nsRect fill(aDest, source.Size());
|
|
// Ensure that only a single image tile is drawn. If aSourceArea extends
|
|
// outside the image bounds, we want to honor the aSourceArea-to-aDest
|
|
// translation but we don't want to actually tile the image.
|
|
fill.IntersectRect(fill, dest);
|
|
return DrawImageInternal(aContext, aPresContext,
|
|
aImage, aGraphicsFilter,
|
|
dest, fill, aDest, aDirty ? *aDirty : dest,
|
|
nullptr, aImageFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawSingleImage(gfxContext& aContext,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|
GraphicsFilter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|
const nsRect& aDest,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirty,
|
|
const SVGImageContext* aSVGContext,
|
|
uint32_t aImageFlags,
|
|
const nsRect* aSourceArea)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord appUnitsPerCSSPixel = nsDeviceContext::AppUnitsPerCSSPixel();
|
|
nsIntSize pixelImageSize(ComputeSizeForDrawingWithFallback(aImage, aDest.Size()));
|
|
NS_ENSURE_TRUE(pixelImageSize.width > 0 && pixelImageSize.height > 0, NS_ERROR_FAILURE);
|
|
nsSize imageSize(pixelImageSize.width * appUnitsPerCSSPixel,
|
|
pixelImageSize.height * appUnitsPerCSSPixel);
|
|
|
|
nsRect source;
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> image;
|
|
if (aSourceArea) {
|
|
source = *aSourceArea;
|
|
nsIntRect subRect(source.x, source.y, source.width, source.height);
|
|
subRect.ScaleInverseRoundOut(appUnitsPerCSSPixel);
|
|
image = ImageOps::Clip(aImage, subRect);
|
|
|
|
nsRect imageRect;
|
|
imageRect.SizeTo(imageSize);
|
|
nsRect clippedSource = imageRect.Intersect(source);
|
|
|
|
source -= clippedSource.TopLeft();
|
|
imageSize = clippedSource.Size();
|
|
} else {
|
|
source.SizeTo(imageSize);
|
|
image = aImage;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect dest = GetWholeImageDestination(imageSize, source, aDest);
|
|
|
|
// Ensure that only a single image tile is drawn. If aSourceArea extends
|
|
// outside the image bounds, we want to honor the aSourceArea-to-aDest
|
|
// transform but we don't want to actually tile the image.
|
|
nsRect fill;
|
|
fill.IntersectRect(aDest, dest);
|
|
return DrawImageInternal(aContext, aPresContext, image,
|
|
aGraphicsFilter, dest, fill, fill.TopLeft(),
|
|
aDirty, aSVGContext, aImageFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeSizeForDrawing(imgIContainer *aImage,
|
|
nsIntSize& aImageSize, /*outparam*/
|
|
nsSize& aIntrinsicRatio, /*outparam*/
|
|
bool& aGotWidth, /*outparam*/
|
|
bool& aGotHeight /*outparam*/)
|
|
{
|
|
aGotWidth = NS_SUCCEEDED(aImage->GetWidth(&aImageSize.width));
|
|
aGotHeight = NS_SUCCEEDED(aImage->GetHeight(&aImageSize.height));
|
|
bool gotRatio = NS_SUCCEEDED(aImage->GetIntrinsicRatio(&aIntrinsicRatio));
|
|
|
|
if (!(aGotWidth && aGotHeight) && !gotRatio) {
|
|
// We hit an error (say, because the image failed to load or couldn't be
|
|
// decoded) and should return zero size.
|
|
aGotWidth = aGotHeight = true;
|
|
aImageSize = nsIntSize(0, 0);
|
|
aIntrinsicRatio = nsSize(0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsIntSize
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::ComputeSizeForDrawingWithFallback(imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|
const nsSize& aFallbackSize)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIntSize imageSize;
|
|
nsSize imageRatio;
|
|
bool gotHeight, gotWidth;
|
|
ComputeSizeForDrawing(aImage, imageSize, imageRatio, gotWidth, gotHeight);
|
|
|
|
// If we didn't get both width and height, try to compute them using the
|
|
// intrinsic ratio of the image.
|
|
if (gotWidth != gotHeight) {
|
|
if (!gotWidth) {
|
|
if (imageRatio.height != 0) {
|
|
imageSize.width =
|
|
NSCoordSaturatingNonnegativeMultiply(imageSize.height,
|
|
float(imageRatio.width) /
|
|
float(imageRatio.height));
|
|
gotWidth = true;
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (imageRatio.width != 0) {
|
|
imageSize.height =
|
|
NSCoordSaturatingNonnegativeMultiply(imageSize.width,
|
|
float(imageRatio.height) /
|
|
float(imageRatio.width));
|
|
gotHeight = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we still don't have a width or height, just use the fallback size the
|
|
// caller provided.
|
|
if (!gotWidth) {
|
|
imageSize.width = nsPresContext::AppUnitsToIntCSSPixels(aFallbackSize.width);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!gotHeight) {
|
|
imageSize.height = nsPresContext::AppUnitsToIntCSSPixels(aFallbackSize.height);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return imageSize;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawBackgroundImage(gfxContext& aContext,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|
const nsIntSize& aImageSize,
|
|
GraphicsFilter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|
const nsRect& aDest,
|
|
const nsRect& aFill,
|
|
const nsPoint& aAnchor,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirty,
|
|
uint32_t aImageFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
PROFILER_LABEL("layout", "nsLayoutUtils::DrawBackgroundImage",
|
|
js::ProfileEntry::Category::GRAPHICS);
|
|
|
|
if (UseBackgroundNearestFiltering()) {
|
|
aGraphicsFilter = GraphicsFilter::FILTER_NEAREST;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SVGImageContext svgContext(aImageSize, Nothing());
|
|
|
|
return DrawImageInternal(aContext, aPresContext, aImage,
|
|
aGraphicsFilter, aDest, aFill, aAnchor,
|
|
aDirty, &svgContext, aImageFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DrawImage(gfxContext& aContext,
|
|
nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIContainer* aImage,
|
|
GraphicsFilter aGraphicsFilter,
|
|
const nsRect& aDest,
|
|
const nsRect& aFill,
|
|
const nsPoint& aAnchor,
|
|
const nsRect& aDirty,
|
|
uint32_t aImageFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
return DrawImageInternal(aContext, aPresContext, aImage,
|
|
aGraphicsFilter, aDest, aFill, aAnchor,
|
|
aDirty, nullptr, aImageFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetWholeImageDestination(const nsSize& aWholeImageSize,
|
|
const nsRect& aImageSourceArea,
|
|
const nsRect& aDestArea)
|
|
{
|
|
double scaleX = double(aDestArea.width)/aImageSourceArea.width;
|
|
double scaleY = double(aDestArea.height)/aImageSourceArea.height;
|
|
nscoord destOffsetX = NSToCoordRound(aImageSourceArea.x*scaleX);
|
|
nscoord destOffsetY = NSToCoordRound(aImageSourceArea.y*scaleY);
|
|
nscoord wholeSizeX = NSToCoordRound(aWholeImageSize.width*scaleX);
|
|
nscoord wholeSizeY = NSToCoordRound(aWholeImageSize.height*scaleY);
|
|
return nsRect(aDestArea.TopLeft() - nsPoint(destOffsetX, destOffsetY),
|
|
nsSize(wholeSizeX, wholeSizeY));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetWholeImageDestination(const nsIntSize& aWholeImageSize,
|
|
const nsRect& aImageSourceArea,
|
|
const nsRect& aDestArea)
|
|
{
|
|
nscoord appUnitsPerCSSPixel = nsDeviceContext::AppUnitsPerCSSPixel();
|
|
return GetWholeImageDestination(nsSize(aWholeImageSize.width * appUnitsPerCSSPixel,
|
|
aWholeImageSize.height * appUnitsPerCSSPixel),
|
|
aImageSourceArea,
|
|
aDestArea);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ already_AddRefed<imgIContainer>
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::OrientImage(imgIContainer* aContainer,
|
|
const nsStyleImageOrientation& aOrientation)
|
|
{
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(aContainer, "Should have an image container");
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> img(aContainer);
|
|
|
|
if (aOrientation.IsFromImage()) {
|
|
img = ImageOps::Orient(img, img->GetOrientation());
|
|
} else if (!aOrientation.IsDefault()) {
|
|
Angle angle = aOrientation.Angle();
|
|
Flip flip = aOrientation.IsFlipped() ? Flip::Horizontal
|
|
: Flip::Unflipped;
|
|
img = ImageOps::Orient(img, Orientation(angle, flip));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return img.forget();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool NonZeroStyleCoord(const nsStyleCoord& aCoord)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aCoord.IsCoordPercentCalcUnit()) {
|
|
// Since negative results are clamped to 0, check > 0.
|
|
return nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord, nscoord_MAX) > 0 ||
|
|
nsRuleNode::ComputeCoordPercentCalc(aCoord, 0) > 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasNonZeroCorner(const nsStyleCorners& aCorners)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|
if (NonZeroStyleCoord(aCorners.Get(corner)))
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// aCorner is a "full corner" value, i.e. NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT etc
|
|
static bool IsCornerAdjacentToSide(uint8_t aCorner, css::Side aSide)
|
|
{
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_TOP == NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_RIGHT == NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_BOTTOM == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_LEFT == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_TOP == ((NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT - 1)&3));
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_RIGHT == ((NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT - 1)&3));
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_BOTTOM == ((NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT - 1)&3));
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT((int)NS_SIDE_LEFT == ((NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT - 1)&3));
|
|
|
|
return aSide == aCorner || aSide == ((aCorner - 1)&3);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::HasNonZeroCornerOnSide(const nsStyleCorners& aCorners,
|
|
css::Side aSide)
|
|
{
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_X/2 == NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT_Y/2 == NS_CORNER_TOP_LEFT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_X/2 == NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT_Y/2 == NS_CORNER_TOP_RIGHT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_X/2 == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT_Y/2 == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_X/2 == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT);
|
|
PR_STATIC_ASSERT(NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT_Y/2 == NS_CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT);
|
|
|
|
NS_FOR_CSS_HALF_CORNERS(corner) {
|
|
// corner is a "half corner" value, so dividing by two gives us a
|
|
// "full corner" value.
|
|
if (NonZeroStyleCoord(aCorners.Get(corner)) &&
|
|
IsCornerAdjacentToSide(corner/2, aSide))
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsTransparencyMode
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFrameTransparency(nsIFrame* aBackgroundFrame,
|
|
nsIFrame* aCSSRootFrame) {
|
|
if (aCSSRootFrame->StyleDisplay()->mOpacity < 1.0f)
|
|
return eTransparencyTransparent;
|
|
|
|
if (HasNonZeroCorner(aCSSRootFrame->StyleBorder()->mBorderRadius))
|
|
return eTransparencyTransparent;
|
|
|
|
if (aCSSRootFrame->StyleDisplay()->mAppearance == NS_THEME_WIN_GLASS)
|
|
return eTransparencyGlass;
|
|
|
|
if (aCSSRootFrame->StyleDisplay()->mAppearance == NS_THEME_WIN_BORDERLESS_GLASS)
|
|
return eTransparencyBorderlessGlass;
|
|
|
|
nsITheme::Transparency transparency;
|
|
if (aCSSRootFrame->IsThemed(&transparency))
|
|
return transparency == nsITheme::eTransparent
|
|
? eTransparencyTransparent
|
|
: eTransparencyOpaque;
|
|
|
|
// We need an uninitialized window to be treated as opaque because
|
|
// doing otherwise breaks window display effects on some platforms,
|
|
// specifically Vista. (bug 450322)
|
|
if (aBackgroundFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame &&
|
|
!aBackgroundFrame->GetFirstPrincipalChild()) {
|
|
return eTransparencyOpaque;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsStyleContext* bgSC;
|
|
if (!nsCSSRendering::FindBackground(aBackgroundFrame, &bgSC)) {
|
|
return eTransparencyTransparent;
|
|
}
|
|
const nsStyleBackground* bg = bgSC->StyleBackground();
|
|
if (NS_GET_A(bg->mBackgroundColor) < 255 ||
|
|
// bottom layer's clip is used for the color
|
|
bg->BottomLayer().mClip != NS_STYLE_BG_CLIP_BORDER)
|
|
return eTransparencyTransparent;
|
|
return eTransparencyOpaque;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool IsPopupFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
// aFrame is a popup it's the list control frame dropdown for a combobox.
|
|
nsIAtom* frameType = aFrame->GetType();
|
|
if (frameType == nsGkAtoms::listControlFrame) {
|
|
nsListControlFrame* lcf = static_cast<nsListControlFrame*>(aFrame);
|
|
return lcf->IsInDropDownMode();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ... or if it's a XUL menupopup frame.
|
|
return frameType == nsGkAtoms::menuPopupFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsPopup(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
// Optimization: the frame can't possibly be a popup if it has no view.
|
|
if (!aFrame->HasView()) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(!IsPopupFrame(aFrame), "popup frame must have a view");
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return IsPopupFrame(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDisplayRootFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
// We could use GetRootPresContext() here if the
|
|
// NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP frame bit is set.
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aFrame;
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
if (!f->HasAnyStateBits(NS_FRAME_IN_POPUP)) {
|
|
f = f->PresContext()->FrameManager()->GetRootFrame();
|
|
} else if (IsPopup(f)) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = GetCrossDocParentFrame(f);
|
|
if (!parent)
|
|
return f;
|
|
f = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetReferenceFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *f = aFrame;
|
|
for (;;) {
|
|
if (f->IsTransformed() || IsPopup(f)) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = GetCrossDocParentFrame(f);
|
|
if (!parent) {
|
|
return f;
|
|
}
|
|
f = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsIFrame*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTransformRootFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIFrame *parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(aFrame);
|
|
while (parent && parent->Preserves3DChildren()) {
|
|
parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(parent);
|
|
}
|
|
return parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ uint32_t
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetTextRunFlagsForStyle(nsStyleContext* aStyleContext,
|
|
const nsStyleFont* aStyleFont,
|
|
const nsStyleText* aStyleText,
|
|
nscoord aLetterSpacing)
|
|
{
|
|
uint32_t result = 0;
|
|
if (aLetterSpacing != 0) {
|
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_DISABLE_OPTIONAL_LIGATURES;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aStyleText->mControlCharacterVisibility == NS_STYLE_CONTROL_CHARACTER_VISIBILITY_HIDDEN) {
|
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_HIDE_CONTROL_CHARACTERS;
|
|
}
|
|
switch (aStyleContext->StyleSVG()->mTextRendering) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_RENDERING_OPTIMIZESPEED:
|
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_OPTIMIZE_SPEED;
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_RENDERING_AUTO:
|
|
if (aStyleFont->mFont.size <
|
|
aStyleContext->PresContext()->GetAutoQualityMinFontSize()) {
|
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_OPTIMIZE_SPEED;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
WritingMode wm(aStyleContext->StyleVisibility());
|
|
if (wm.IsVertical()) {
|
|
switch (aStyleText->mTextOrientation) {
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_ORIENTATION_MIXED:
|
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_ORIENT_VERTICAL_MIXED;
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_ORIENTATION_UPRIGHT:
|
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_ORIENT_VERTICAL_UPRIGHT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_ORIENTATION_SIDEWAYS:
|
|
// This should depend on writing mode vertical-lr vs vertical-rl,
|
|
// but until we support SIDEWAYS_LEFT, we'll treat this the same
|
|
// as SIDEWAYS_RIGHT and simply fall through.
|
|
/*
|
|
if (wm.IsVerticalLR()) {
|
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_ORIENT_VERTICAL_SIDEWAYS_LEFT;
|
|
} else {
|
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_ORIENT_VERTICAL_SIDEWAYS_RIGHT;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
*/
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_ORIENTATION_SIDEWAYS_RIGHT:
|
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_ORIENT_VERTICAL_SIDEWAYS_RIGHT;
|
|
break;
|
|
case NS_STYLE_TEXT_ORIENTATION_SIDEWAYS_LEFT:
|
|
// Not yet supported, so fall through to the default (error) case.
|
|
/*
|
|
result |= gfxTextRunFactory::TEXT_ORIENT_VERTICAL_SIDEWAYS_LEFT;
|
|
break;
|
|
*/
|
|
default:
|
|
NS_NOTREACHED("unknown text-orientation");
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetRectDifferenceStrips(const nsRect& aR1, const nsRect& aR2,
|
|
nsRect* aHStrip, nsRect* aVStrip) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aR1.TopLeft() == aR2.TopLeft(),
|
|
"expected rects at the same position");
|
|
nsRect unionRect(aR1.x, aR1.y, std::max(aR1.width, aR2.width),
|
|
std::max(aR1.height, aR2.height));
|
|
nscoord VStripStart = std::min(aR1.width, aR2.width);
|
|
nscoord HStripStart = std::min(aR1.height, aR2.height);
|
|
*aVStrip = unionRect;
|
|
aVStrip->x += VStripStart;
|
|
aVStrip->width -= VStripStart;
|
|
*aHStrip = unionRect;
|
|
aHStrip->y += HStripStart;
|
|
aHStrip->height -= HStripStart;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsDeviceContext*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetDeviceContextForScreenInfo(nsPIDOMWindow* aWindow)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aWindow) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell = aWindow->GetDocShell();
|
|
while (docShell) {
|
|
// Now make sure our size is up to date. That will mean that the device
|
|
// context does the right thing on multi-monitor systems when we return it to
|
|
// the caller. It will also make sure that our prescontext has been created,
|
|
// if we're supposed to have one.
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsPIDOMWindow> win = docShell->GetWindow();
|
|
if (!win) {
|
|
// No reason to go on
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
win->EnsureSizeUpToDate();
|
|
|
|
nsRefPtr<nsPresContext> presContext;
|
|
docShell->GetPresContext(getter_AddRefs(presContext));
|
|
if (presContext) {
|
|
nsDeviceContext* context = presContext->DeviceContext();
|
|
if (context) {
|
|
return context;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShellTreeItem> parentItem;
|
|
docShell->GetParent(getter_AddRefs(parentItem));
|
|
docShell = do_QueryInterface(parentItem);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsReallyFixedPos(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame->GetParent(),
|
|
"IsReallyFixedPos called on frame not in tree");
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame->StyleDisplay()->mPosition ==
|
|
NS_STYLE_POSITION_FIXED,
|
|
"IsReallyFixedPos called on non-'position:fixed' frame");
|
|
|
|
nsIAtom *parentType = aFrame->GetParent()->GetType();
|
|
return parentType == nsGkAtoms::viewportFrame ||
|
|
parentType == nsGkAtoms::pageContentFrame;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(nsIImageLoadingContent* aElement,
|
|
uint32_t aSurfaceFlags,
|
|
DrawTarget* aTarget)
|
|
{
|
|
SurfaceFromElementResult result;
|
|
nsresult rv;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIRequest> imgRequest;
|
|
rv = aElement->GetRequest(nsIImageLoadingContent::CURRENT_REQUEST,
|
|
getter_AddRefs(imgRequest));
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv) || !imgRequest)
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
uint32_t status;
|
|
imgRequest->GetImageStatus(&status);
|
|
if ((status & imgIRequest::STATUS_LOAD_COMPLETE) == 0) {
|
|
// Spec says to use GetComplete, but that only works on
|
|
// nsIDOMHTMLImageElement, and we support all sorts of other stuff
|
|
// here. Do this for now pending spec clarification.
|
|
result.mIsStillLoading = (status & imgIRequest::STATUS_ERROR) == 0;
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> principal;
|
|
rv = imgRequest->GetImagePrincipal(getter_AddRefs(principal));
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> imgContainer;
|
|
rv = imgRequest->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(imgContainer));
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv))
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
uint32_t noRasterize = aSurfaceFlags & SFE_NO_RASTERIZING_VECTORS;
|
|
|
|
uint32_t whichFrame = (aSurfaceFlags & SFE_WANT_FIRST_FRAME)
|
|
? (uint32_t) imgIContainer::FRAME_FIRST
|
|
: (uint32_t) imgIContainer::FRAME_CURRENT;
|
|
uint32_t frameFlags = imgIContainer::FLAG_SYNC_DECODE;
|
|
if (aSurfaceFlags & SFE_NO_COLORSPACE_CONVERSION)
|
|
frameFlags |= imgIContainer::FLAG_DECODE_NO_COLORSPACE_CONVERSION;
|
|
if (aSurfaceFlags & SFE_PREFER_NO_PREMULTIPLY_ALPHA) {
|
|
frameFlags |= imgIContainer::FLAG_DECODE_NO_PREMULTIPLY_ALPHA;
|
|
result.mIsPremultiplied = false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t imgWidth, imgHeight;
|
|
rv = imgContainer->GetWidth(&imgWidth);
|
|
nsresult rv2 = imgContainer->GetHeight(&imgHeight);
|
|
if (NS_FAILED(rv) || NS_FAILED(rv2))
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
if (!noRasterize || imgContainer->GetType() == imgIContainer::TYPE_RASTER) {
|
|
if (aSurfaceFlags & SFE_WANT_IMAGE_SURFACE) {
|
|
frameFlags |= imgIContainer::FLAG_WANT_DATA_SURFACE;
|
|
}
|
|
result.mSourceSurface = imgContainer->GetFrame(whichFrame, frameFlags);
|
|
if (!result.mSourceSurface) {
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
// The surface we return is likely to be cached. We don't want to have to
|
|
// convert to a surface that's compatible with aTarget each time it's used
|
|
// (that would result in terrible performance), so we convert once here
|
|
// upfront if aTarget is specified.
|
|
if (aTarget) {
|
|
RefPtr<SourceSurface> optSurface =
|
|
aTarget->OptimizeSourceSurface(result.mSourceSurface);
|
|
if (optSurface) {
|
|
result.mSourceSurface = optSurface;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
result.mDrawInfo.mImgContainer = imgContainer;
|
|
result.mDrawInfo.mWhichFrame = whichFrame;
|
|
result.mDrawInfo.mDrawingFlags = frameFlags;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t corsmode;
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(imgRequest->GetCORSMode(&corsmode))) {
|
|
result.mCORSUsed = (corsmode != imgIRequest::CORS_NONE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
result.mSize = gfxIntSize(imgWidth, imgHeight);
|
|
result.mPrincipal = principal.forget();
|
|
// no images, including SVG images, can load content from another domain.
|
|
result.mIsWriteOnly = false;
|
|
result.mImageRequest = imgRequest.forget();
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(HTMLImageElement *aElement,
|
|
uint32_t aSurfaceFlags,
|
|
DrawTarget* aTarget)
|
|
{
|
|
return SurfaceFromElement(static_cast<nsIImageLoadingContent*>(aElement),
|
|
aSurfaceFlags, aTarget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(HTMLCanvasElement* aElement,
|
|
uint32_t aSurfaceFlags,
|
|
DrawTarget* aTarget)
|
|
{
|
|
SurfaceFromElementResult result;
|
|
|
|
bool* isPremultiplied = nullptr;
|
|
if (aSurfaceFlags & SFE_PREFER_NO_PREMULTIPLY_ALPHA) {
|
|
isPremultiplied = &result.mIsPremultiplied;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gfxIntSize size = aElement->GetSize();
|
|
|
|
result.mSourceSurface = aElement->GetSurfaceSnapshot(isPremultiplied);
|
|
if (!result.mSourceSurface) {
|
|
// If the element doesn't have a context then we won't get a snapshot. The canvas spec wants us to not error and just
|
|
// draw nothing, so return an empty surface.
|
|
DrawTarget *ref = aTarget ? aTarget : gfxPlatform::GetPlatform()->ScreenReferenceDrawTarget();
|
|
RefPtr<DrawTarget> dt = ref->CreateSimilarDrawTarget(IntSize(size.width, size.height),
|
|
SurfaceFormat::B8G8R8A8);
|
|
if (dt) {
|
|
result.mSourceSurface = dt->Snapshot();
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (aTarget) {
|
|
RefPtr<SourceSurface> opt = aTarget->OptimizeSourceSurface(result.mSourceSurface);
|
|
if (opt) {
|
|
result.mSourceSurface = opt;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Ensure that any future changes to the canvas trigger proper invalidation,
|
|
// in case this is being used by -moz-element()
|
|
aElement->MarkContextClean();
|
|
|
|
result.mSize = size;
|
|
result.mPrincipal = aElement->NodePrincipal();
|
|
result.mIsWriteOnly = aElement->IsWriteOnly();
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(HTMLVideoElement* aElement,
|
|
uint32_t aSurfaceFlags,
|
|
DrawTarget* aTarget)
|
|
{
|
|
SurfaceFromElementResult result;
|
|
|
|
NS_WARN_IF_FALSE((aSurfaceFlags & SFE_PREFER_NO_PREMULTIPLY_ALPHA) == 0, "We can't support non-premultiplied alpha for video!");
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_EME
|
|
if (aElement->ContainsRestrictedContent()) {
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
uint16_t readyState;
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aElement->GetReadyState(&readyState)) &&
|
|
(readyState == nsIDOMHTMLMediaElement::HAVE_NOTHING ||
|
|
readyState == nsIDOMHTMLMediaElement::HAVE_METADATA)) {
|
|
result.mIsStillLoading = true;
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If it doesn't have a principal, just bail
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIPrincipal> principal = aElement->GetCurrentPrincipal();
|
|
if (!principal)
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
ImageContainer *container = aElement->GetImageContainer();
|
|
if (!container)
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
mozilla::gfx::IntSize size;
|
|
result.mSourceSurface = container->GetCurrentAsSourceSurface(&size);
|
|
if (!result.mSourceSurface)
|
|
return result;
|
|
|
|
if (aTarget) {
|
|
RefPtr<SourceSurface> opt = aTarget->OptimizeSourceSurface(result.mSourceSurface);
|
|
if (opt) {
|
|
result.mSourceSurface = opt;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
result.mCORSUsed = aElement->GetCORSMode() != CORS_NONE;
|
|
result.mSize = ThebesIntSize(size);
|
|
result.mPrincipal = principal.forget();
|
|
result.mIsWriteOnly = false;
|
|
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElement(dom::Element* aElement,
|
|
uint32_t aSurfaceFlags,
|
|
DrawTarget* aTarget)
|
|
{
|
|
// If it's a <canvas>, we may be able to just grab its internal surface
|
|
if (HTMLCanvasElement* canvas =
|
|
HTMLCanvasElement::FromContentOrNull(aElement)) {
|
|
return SurfaceFromElement(canvas, aSurfaceFlags, aTarget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Maybe it's <video>?
|
|
if (HTMLVideoElement* video =
|
|
HTMLVideoElement::FromContentOrNull(aElement)) {
|
|
return SurfaceFromElement(video, aSurfaceFlags, aTarget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Finally, check if it's a normal image
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIImageLoadingContent> imageLoader = do_QueryInterface(aElement);
|
|
|
|
if (!imageLoader) {
|
|
return SurfaceFromElementResult();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return SurfaceFromElement(imageLoader, aSurfaceFlags, aTarget);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
nsIContent*
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetEditableRootContentByContentEditable(nsIDocument* aDocument)
|
|
{
|
|
// If the document is in designMode we should return nullptr.
|
|
if (!aDocument || aDocument->HasFlag(NODE_IS_EDITABLE)) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// contenteditable only works with HTML document.
|
|
// Note: Use nsIDOMHTMLDocument rather than nsIHTMLDocument for getting the
|
|
// body node because nsIDOMHTMLDocument::GetBody() does something
|
|
// additional work for some cases and nsEditor uses them.
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLDocument> domHTMLDoc = do_QueryInterface(aDocument);
|
|
if (!domHTMLDoc) {
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Element* rootElement = aDocument->GetRootElement();
|
|
if (rootElement && rootElement->IsEditable()) {
|
|
return rootElement;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If there are no editable root element, check its <body> element.
|
|
// Note that the body element could be <frameset> element.
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDOMHTMLElement> body;
|
|
nsresult rv = domHTMLDoc->GetBody(getter_AddRefs(body));
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContent> content = do_QueryInterface(body);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && content && content->IsEditable()) {
|
|
return content;
|
|
}
|
|
return nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::AssertNoDuplicateContinuations(nsIFrame* aContainer,
|
|
const nsFrameList& aFrameList)
|
|
{
|
|
for (nsIFrame* f = aFrameList.FirstChild(); f ; f = f->GetNextSibling()) {
|
|
// Check only later continuations of f; we deal with checking the
|
|
// earlier continuations when we hit those earlier continuations in
|
|
// the frame list.
|
|
for (nsIFrame *c = f; (c = c->GetNextInFlow());) {
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(c->GetParent() != aContainer ||
|
|
!aFrameList.ContainsFrame(c),
|
|
"Two continuations of the same frame in the same "
|
|
"frame list");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Is one of aFrame's ancestors a letter frame?
|
|
static bool
|
|
IsInLetterFrame(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
for (nsIFrame *f = aFrame->GetParent(); f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (f->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::letterFrame) {
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::AssertTreeOnlyEmptyNextInFlows(nsIFrame *aSubtreeRoot)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aSubtreeRoot->GetPrevInFlow(),
|
|
"frame tree not empty, but caller reported complete status");
|
|
|
|
// Also assert that text frames map no text.
|
|
int32_t start, end;
|
|
nsresult rv = aSubtreeRoot->GetOffsets(start, end);
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "GetOffsets failed");
|
|
// In some cases involving :first-letter, we'll partially unlink a
|
|
// continuation in the middle of a continuation chain from its
|
|
// previous and next continuations before destroying it, presumably so
|
|
// that we don't also destroy the later continuations. Once we've
|
|
// done this, GetOffsets returns incorrect values.
|
|
// For examples, see list of tests in
|
|
// https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=619021#c29
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(start == end || IsInLetterFrame(aSubtreeRoot),
|
|
"frame tree not empty, but caller reported complete status");
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListIterator lists(aSubtreeRoot);
|
|
for (; !lists.IsDone(); lists.Next()) {
|
|
nsFrameList::Enumerator childFrames(lists.CurrentList());
|
|
for (; !childFrames.AtEnd(); childFrames.Next()) {
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::AssertTreeOnlyEmptyNextInFlows(childFrames.get());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
GetFontFacesForFramesInner(nsIFrame* aFrame, nsFontFaceList* aFontFaceList)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::textFrame) {
|
|
if (!aFrame->GetPrevContinuation()) {
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontFacesForText(aFrame, 0, INT32_MAX, true,
|
|
aFontFaceList);
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIFrame::ChildListID childLists[] = { nsIFrame::kPrincipalList,
|
|
nsIFrame::kPopupList };
|
|
for (size_t i = 0; i < ArrayLength(childLists); ++i) {
|
|
nsFrameList children(aFrame->GetChildList(childLists[i]));
|
|
for (nsFrameList::Enumerator e(children); !e.AtEnd(); e.Next()) {
|
|
nsIFrame* child = e.get();
|
|
child = nsPlaceholderFrame::GetRealFrameFor(child);
|
|
GetFontFacesForFramesInner(child, aFontFaceList);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontFacesForFrames(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsFontFaceList* aFontFaceList)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
|
|
while (aFrame) {
|
|
GetFontFacesForFramesInner(aFrame, aFontFaceList);
|
|
aFrame = GetNextContinuationOrIBSplitSibling(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
nsresult
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontFacesForText(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
int32_t aStartOffset, int32_t aEndOffset,
|
|
bool aFollowContinuations,
|
|
nsFontFaceList* aFontFaceList)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetType() != nsGkAtoms::textFrame) {
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsTextFrame* curr = static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(aFrame);
|
|
do {
|
|
int32_t fstart = std::max(curr->GetContentOffset(), aStartOffset);
|
|
int32_t fend = std::min(curr->GetContentEnd(), aEndOffset);
|
|
if (fstart >= fend) {
|
|
curr = static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(curr->GetNextContinuation());
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// curr is overlapping with the offset we want
|
|
gfxSkipCharsIterator iter = curr->EnsureTextRun(nsTextFrame::eInflated);
|
|
gfxTextRun* textRun = curr->GetTextRun(nsTextFrame::eInflated);
|
|
NS_ENSURE_TRUE(textRun, NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY);
|
|
|
|
// include continuations in the range that share the same textrun
|
|
nsTextFrame* next = nullptr;
|
|
if (aFollowContinuations && fend < aEndOffset) {
|
|
next = static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(curr->GetNextContinuation());
|
|
while (next && next->GetTextRun(nsTextFrame::eInflated) == textRun) {
|
|
fend = std::min(next->GetContentEnd(), aEndOffset);
|
|
next = fend < aEndOffset ?
|
|
static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(next->GetNextContinuation()) : nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
uint32_t skipStart = iter.ConvertOriginalToSkipped(fstart);
|
|
uint32_t skipEnd = iter.ConvertOriginalToSkipped(fend);
|
|
aFontFaceList->AddFontsFromTextRun(textRun, skipStart, skipEnd - skipStart);
|
|
curr = next;
|
|
} while (aFollowContinuations && curr);
|
|
|
|
return NS_OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
size_t
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SizeOfTextRunsForFrames(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
MallocSizeOf aMallocSizeOf,
|
|
bool clear)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_PRECONDITION(aFrame, "NULL frame pointer");
|
|
|
|
size_t total = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame->GetType() == nsGkAtoms::textFrame) {
|
|
nsTextFrame* textFrame = static_cast<nsTextFrame*>(aFrame);
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
|
|
gfxTextRun *run = textFrame->GetTextRun(
|
|
(i != 0) ? nsTextFrame::eInflated : nsTextFrame::eNotInflated);
|
|
if (run) {
|
|
if (clear) {
|
|
run->ResetSizeOfAccountingFlags();
|
|
} else {
|
|
total += run->MaybeSizeOfIncludingThis(aMallocSizeOf);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return total;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsAutoTArray<nsIFrame::ChildList,4> childListArray;
|
|
aFrame->GetChildLists(&childListArray);
|
|
|
|
for (nsIFrame::ChildListArrayIterator childLists(childListArray);
|
|
!childLists.IsDone(); childLists.Next()) {
|
|
for (nsFrameList::Enumerator e(childLists.CurrentList());
|
|
!e.AtEnd(); e.Next()) {
|
|
total += SizeOfTextRunsForFrames(e.get(), aMallocSizeOf, clear);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return total;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::Initialize()
|
|
{
|
|
Preferences::AddUintVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationMaxRatio,
|
|
"font.size.inflation.maxRatio");
|
|
Preferences::AddUintVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationEmPerLine,
|
|
"font.size.inflation.emPerLine");
|
|
Preferences::AddUintVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationMinTwips,
|
|
"font.size.inflation.minTwips");
|
|
Preferences::AddUintVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationLineThreshold,
|
|
"font.size.inflation.lineThreshold");
|
|
Preferences::AddIntVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationMappingIntercept,
|
|
"font.size.inflation.mappingIntercept");
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationForceEnabled,
|
|
"font.size.inflation.forceEnabled");
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sFontSizeInflationDisabledInMasterProcess,
|
|
"font.size.inflation.disabledInMasterProcess");
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sInvalidationDebuggingIsEnabled,
|
|
"nglayout.debug.invalidation");
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sCSSVariablesEnabled,
|
|
"layout.css.variables.enabled");
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sInterruptibleReflowEnabled,
|
|
"layout.interruptible-reflow.enabled");
|
|
|
|
Preferences::RegisterCallback(GridEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|
GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|
GridEnabledPrefChangeCallback(GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, nullptr);
|
|
Preferences::RegisterCallback(RubyEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|
RUBY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|
RubyEnabledPrefChangeCallback(RUBY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, nullptr);
|
|
Preferences::RegisterCallback(StickyEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|
STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|
StickyEnabledPrefChangeCallback(STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME, nullptr);
|
|
Preferences::RegisterCallback(TextAlignTrueEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|
TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|
TextAlignTrueEnabledPrefChangeCallback(TEXT_ALIGN_TRUE_ENABLED_PREF_NAME,
|
|
nullptr);
|
|
|
|
nsComputedDOMStyle::RegisterPrefChangeCallbacks();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::Shutdown()
|
|
{
|
|
if (sContentMap) {
|
|
delete sContentMap;
|
|
sContentMap = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Preferences::UnregisterCallback(GridEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|
GRID_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|
Preferences::UnregisterCallback(RubyEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|
RUBY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|
Preferences::UnregisterCallback(StickyEnabledPrefChangeCallback,
|
|
STICKY_ENABLED_PREF_NAME);
|
|
|
|
nsComputedDOMStyle::UnregisterPrefChangeCallbacks();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RegisterImageRequest(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIRequest* aRequest,
|
|
bool* aRequestRegistered)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aPresContext) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRequestRegistered && *aRequestRegistered) {
|
|
// Our request is already registered with the refresh driver, so
|
|
// no need to register it again.
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRequest) {
|
|
if (!aPresContext->RefreshDriver()->AddImageRequest(aRequest)) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Unable to add image request");
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRequestRegistered) {
|
|
*aRequestRegistered = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::RegisterImageRequestIfAnimated(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIRequest* aRequest,
|
|
bool* aRequestRegistered)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aPresContext) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRequestRegistered && *aRequestRegistered) {
|
|
// Our request is already registered with the refresh driver, so
|
|
// no need to register it again.
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRequest) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> image;
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aRequest->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(image)))) {
|
|
// Check to verify that the image is animated. If so, then add it to the
|
|
// list of images tracked by the refresh driver.
|
|
bool isAnimated = false;
|
|
nsresult rv = image->GetAnimated(&isAnimated);
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && isAnimated) {
|
|
if (!aPresContext->RefreshDriver()->AddImageRequest(aRequest)) {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Unable to add image request");
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRequestRegistered) {
|
|
*aRequestRegistered = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DeregisterImageRequest(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
imgIRequest* aRequest,
|
|
bool* aRequestRegistered)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!aPresContext) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Deregister our imgIRequest with the refresh driver to
|
|
// complete tear-down, but only if it has been registered
|
|
if (aRequestRegistered && !*aRequestRegistered) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aRequest) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<imgIContainer> image;
|
|
if (NS_SUCCEEDED(aRequest->GetImage(getter_AddRefs(image)))) {
|
|
aPresContext->RefreshDriver()->RemoveImageRequest(aRequest);
|
|
|
|
if (aRequestRegistered) {
|
|
*aRequestRegistered = false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */
|
|
void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::PostRestyleEvent(Element* aElement,
|
|
nsRestyleHint aRestyleHint,
|
|
nsChangeHint aMinChangeHint)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIDocument* doc = aElement->GetComposedDoc();
|
|
if (doc) {
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIPresShell> presShell = doc->GetShell();
|
|
if (presShell) {
|
|
presShell->GetPresContext()->RestyleManager()->PostRestyleEvent(
|
|
aElement, aRestyleHint, aMinChangeHint);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsSetAttrRunnable::nsSetAttrRunnable(nsIContent* aContent, nsIAtom* aAttrName,
|
|
const nsAString& aValue)
|
|
: mContent(aContent),
|
|
mAttrName(aAttrName),
|
|
mValue(aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aContent && aAttrName, "Missing stuff, prepare to crash");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsSetAttrRunnable::nsSetAttrRunnable(nsIContent* aContent, nsIAtom* aAttrName,
|
|
int32_t aValue)
|
|
: mContent(aContent),
|
|
mAttrName(aAttrName)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aContent && aAttrName, "Missing stuff, prepare to crash");
|
|
mValue.AppendInt(aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsSetAttrRunnable::Run()
|
|
{
|
|
return mContent->SetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, mAttrName, mValue, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsUnsetAttrRunnable::nsUnsetAttrRunnable(nsIContent* aContent,
|
|
nsIAtom* aAttrName)
|
|
: mContent(aContent),
|
|
mAttrName(aAttrName)
|
|
{
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(aContent && aAttrName, "Missing stuff, prepare to crash");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_IMETHODIMP
|
|
nsUnsetAttrRunnable::Run()
|
|
{
|
|
return mContent->UnsetAttr(kNameSpaceID_None, mAttrName, true);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/**
|
|
* Compute the minimum font size inside of a container with the given
|
|
* width, such that **when the user zooms the container to fill the full
|
|
* width of the device**, the fonts satisfy our minima.
|
|
*/
|
|
static nscoord
|
|
MinimumFontSizeFor(nsPresContext* aPresContext, nscoord aContainerWidth)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = aPresContext->PresShell();
|
|
|
|
uint32_t emPerLine = presShell->FontSizeInflationEmPerLine();
|
|
uint32_t minTwips = presShell->FontSizeInflationMinTwips();
|
|
if (emPerLine == 0 && minTwips == 0) {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Clamp the container width to the device dimensions
|
|
nscoord iFrameWidth = aPresContext->GetVisibleArea().width;
|
|
nscoord effectiveContainerWidth = std::min(iFrameWidth, aContainerWidth);
|
|
|
|
nscoord byLine = 0, byInch = 0;
|
|
if (emPerLine != 0) {
|
|
byLine = effectiveContainerWidth / emPerLine;
|
|
}
|
|
if (minTwips != 0) {
|
|
// REVIEW: Is this giving us app units and sizes *not* counting
|
|
// viewport scaling?
|
|
float deviceWidthInches =
|
|
aPresContext->ScreenWidthInchesForFontInflation();
|
|
byInch = NSToCoordRound(effectiveContainerWidth /
|
|
(deviceWidthInches * 1440 /
|
|
minTwips ));
|
|
}
|
|
return std::max(byLine, byInch);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ float
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationInner(const nsIFrame *aFrame,
|
|
nscoord aMinFontSize)
|
|
{
|
|
// Note that line heights should be inflated by the same ratio as the
|
|
// font size of the same text; thus we operate only on the font size
|
|
// even when we're scaling a line height.
|
|
nscoord styleFontSize = aFrame->StyleFont()->mFont.size;
|
|
if (styleFontSize <= 0) {
|
|
// Never scale zero font size.
|
|
return 1.0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (aMinFontSize <= 0) {
|
|
// No need to scale.
|
|
return 1.0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If between this current frame and its font inflation container there is a
|
|
// non-inline element with fixed width or height, then we should not inflate
|
|
// fonts for this frame.
|
|
for (const nsIFrame* f = aFrame;
|
|
f && !f->IsContainerForFontSizeInflation();
|
|
f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
nsIContent* content = f->GetContent();
|
|
nsIAtom* fType = f->GetType();
|
|
// Also, if there is more than one frame corresponding to a single
|
|
// content node, we want the outermost one.
|
|
if (!(f->GetParent() && f->GetParent()->GetContent() == content) &&
|
|
// ignore width/height on inlines since they don't apply
|
|
fType != nsGkAtoms::inlineFrame &&
|
|
// ignore width on radios and checkboxes since we enlarge them and
|
|
// they have width/height in ua.css
|
|
fType != nsGkAtoms::formControlFrame) {
|
|
nsStyleCoord stylePosWidth = f->StylePosition()->mWidth;
|
|
nsStyleCoord stylePosHeight = f->StylePosition()->mHeight;
|
|
if (stylePosWidth.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto ||
|
|
stylePosHeight.GetUnit() != eStyleUnit_Auto) {
|
|
|
|
return 1.0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int32_t interceptParam = nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationMappingIntercept();
|
|
float maxRatio = (float)nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationMaxRatio() / 100.0f;
|
|
|
|
float ratio = float(styleFontSize) / float(aMinFontSize);
|
|
float inflationRatio;
|
|
|
|
// Given a minimum inflated font size m, a specified font size s, we want to
|
|
// find the inflated font size i and then return the ratio of i to s (i/s).
|
|
if (interceptParam >= 0) {
|
|
// Since the mapping intercept parameter P is greater than zero, we use it
|
|
// to determine the point where our mapping function intersects the i=s
|
|
// line. This means that we have an equation of the form:
|
|
//
|
|
// i = m + s·(P/2)/(1 + P/2), if s <= (1 + P/2)·m
|
|
// i = s, if s >= (1 + P/2)·m
|
|
|
|
float intercept = 1 + float(interceptParam)/2.0f;
|
|
if (ratio >= intercept) {
|
|
// If we're already at 1+P/2 or more times the minimum, don't scale.
|
|
return 1.0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The point (intercept, intercept) is where the part of the i vs. s graph
|
|
// that's not slope 1 meets the i=s line. (This part of the
|
|
// graph is a line from (0, m), to that point). We calculate the
|
|
// intersection point to be ((1+P/2)m, (1+P/2)m), where P is the
|
|
// intercept parameter above. We then need to return i/s.
|
|
inflationRatio = (1.0f + (ratio * (intercept - 1) / intercept)) / ratio;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// This is the case where P is negative. We essentially want to implement
|
|
// the case for P=infinity here, so we make i = s + m, which means that
|
|
// i/s = s/s + m/s = 1 + 1/ratio
|
|
inflationRatio = 1 + 1.0f / ratio;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (maxRatio > 1.0 && inflationRatio > maxRatio) {
|
|
return maxRatio;
|
|
} else {
|
|
return inflationRatio;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool
|
|
ShouldInflateFontsForContainer(const nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
// We only want to inflate fonts for text that is in a place
|
|
// with room to expand. The question is what the best heuristic for
|
|
// that is...
|
|
// For now, we're going to use NS_FRAME_IN_CONSTRAINED_HEIGHT, which
|
|
// indicates whether the frame is inside something with a constrained
|
|
// height (propagating down the tree), but the propagation stops when
|
|
// we hit overflow-y: scroll or auto.
|
|
const nsStyleText* styleText = aFrame->StyleText();
|
|
|
|
return styleText->mTextSizeAdjust != NS_STYLE_TEXT_SIZE_ADJUST_NONE &&
|
|
!(aFrame->GetStateBits() & NS_FRAME_IN_CONSTRAINED_HEIGHT) &&
|
|
// We also want to disable font inflation for containers that have
|
|
// preformatted text.
|
|
styleText->WhiteSpaceCanWrap(aFrame);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nscoord
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::InflationMinFontSizeFor(const nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsPresContext *presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
if (!FontSizeInflationEnabled(presContext) ||
|
|
presContext->mInflationDisabledForShrinkWrap) {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (const nsIFrame *f = aFrame; f; f = f->GetParent()) {
|
|
if (f->IsContainerForFontSizeInflation()) {
|
|
if (!ShouldInflateFontsForContainer(f)) {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsFontInflationData *data =
|
|
nsFontInflationData::FindFontInflationDataFor(aFrame);
|
|
// FIXME: The need to null-check here is sort of a bug, and might
|
|
// lead to incorrect results.
|
|
if (!data || !data->InflationEnabled()) {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return MinimumFontSizeFor(aFrame->PresContext(),
|
|
data->EffectiveWidth());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
NS_ABORT_IF_FALSE(false, "root should always be container");
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
float
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationFor(const nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aFrame->IsSVGText()) {
|
|
const nsIFrame* container = aFrame;
|
|
while (container->GetType() != nsGkAtoms::svgTextFrame) {
|
|
container = container->GetParent();
|
|
}
|
|
NS_ASSERTION(container, "expected to find an ancestor SVGTextFrame");
|
|
return
|
|
static_cast<const SVGTextFrame*>(container)->GetFontSizeScaleFactor();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!FontSizeInflationEnabled(aFrame->PresContext())) {
|
|
return 1.0f;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return FontSizeInflationInner(aFrame, InflationMinFontSizeFor(aFrame));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationEnabled(nsPresContext *aPresContext)
|
|
{
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = aPresContext->GetPresShell();
|
|
|
|
if (!presShell) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return presShell->FontSizeInflationEnabled();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetBoxShadowRectForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
const nsSize& aFrameSize)
|
|
{
|
|
nsCSSShadowArray* boxShadows = aFrame->StyleBorder()->mBoxShadow;
|
|
if (!boxShadows) {
|
|
return nsRect();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsRect shadows;
|
|
int32_t A2D = aFrame->PresContext()->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
for (uint32_t i = 0; i < boxShadows->Length(); ++i) {
|
|
nsRect tmpRect(nsPoint(0, 0), aFrameSize);
|
|
nsCSSShadowItem* shadow = boxShadows->ShadowAt(i);
|
|
|
|
// inset shadows are never painted outside the frame
|
|
if (shadow->mInset)
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
tmpRect.MoveBy(nsPoint(shadow->mXOffset, shadow->mYOffset));
|
|
tmpRect.Inflate(shadow->mSpread);
|
|
tmpRect.Inflate(
|
|
nsContextBoxBlur::GetBlurRadiusMargin(shadow->mRadius, A2D));
|
|
shadows.UnionRect(shadows, tmpRect);
|
|
}
|
|
return shadows;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::UpdateImageVisibilityForFrame(nsIFrame* aImageFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
nsIAtom* type = aImageFrame->GetType();
|
|
MOZ_ASSERT(type == nsGkAtoms::imageFrame ||
|
|
type == nsGkAtoms::imageControlFrame ||
|
|
type == nsGkAtoms::svgImageFrame, "wrong type of frame");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIImageLoadingContent> content = do_QueryInterface(aImageFrame->GetContent());
|
|
if (!content) {
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = aImageFrame->PresContext()->PresShell();
|
|
if (presShell->AssumeAllImagesVisible()) {
|
|
presShell->EnsureImageInVisibleList(content);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool visible = true;
|
|
nsIFrame* f = aImageFrame->GetParent();
|
|
nsRect rect = aImageFrame->GetContentRectRelativeToSelf();
|
|
nsIFrame* rectFrame = aImageFrame;
|
|
while (f) {
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* sf = do_QueryFrame(f);
|
|
if (sf) {
|
|
nsRect transformedRect =
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::TransformFrameRectToAncestor(rectFrame, rect, f);
|
|
if (!sf->IsRectNearlyVisible(transformedRect)) {
|
|
visible = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
// Move transformedRect to be contained in the scrollport as best we can
|
|
// (it might not fit) to pretend that it was scrolled into view.
|
|
nsRect scrollPort = sf->GetScrollPortRect();
|
|
if (transformedRect.XMost() > scrollPort.XMost()) {
|
|
transformedRect.x -= transformedRect.XMost() - scrollPort.XMost();
|
|
}
|
|
if (transformedRect.x < scrollPort.x) {
|
|
transformedRect.x = scrollPort.x;
|
|
}
|
|
if (transformedRect.YMost() > scrollPort.YMost()) {
|
|
transformedRect.y -= transformedRect.YMost() - scrollPort.YMost();
|
|
}
|
|
if (transformedRect.y < scrollPort.y) {
|
|
transformedRect.y = scrollPort.y;
|
|
}
|
|
transformedRect.width = std::min(transformedRect.width, scrollPort.width);
|
|
transformedRect.height = std::min(transformedRect.height, scrollPort.height);
|
|
rect = transformedRect;
|
|
rectFrame = f;
|
|
}
|
|
nsIFrame* parent = f->GetParent();
|
|
if (!parent) {
|
|
parent = nsLayoutUtils::GetCrossDocParentFrame(f);
|
|
if (parent && parent->PresContext()->IsChrome()) {
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
f = parent;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (visible) {
|
|
presShell->EnsureImageInVisibleList(content);
|
|
} else {
|
|
presShell->RemoveImageFromVisibleList(content);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetContentViewerSize(nsPresContext* aPresContext,
|
|
LayoutDeviceIntSize& aOutSize)
|
|
{
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIDocShell> docShell = aPresContext->GetDocShell();
|
|
if (!docShell) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsCOMPtr<nsIContentViewer> cv;
|
|
docShell->GetContentViewer(getter_AddRefs(cv));
|
|
if (!cv) {
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsIntRect bounds;
|
|
cv->GetBounds(bounds);
|
|
aOutSize = LayoutDeviceIntRect::FromUntyped(bounds).Size();
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsSize
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateCompositionSizeForFrame(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsSize size(aFrame->GetSize());
|
|
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
nsIPresShell* presShell = presContext->PresShell();
|
|
|
|
// See the comments in the code that calculates the root
|
|
// composition bounds in ComputeFrameMetrics.
|
|
// TODO: Reuse that code here.
|
|
bool isRootContentDocRootScrollFrame = presContext->IsRootContentDocument()
|
|
&& aFrame == presShell->GetRootScrollFrame();
|
|
if (isRootContentDocRootScrollFrame) {
|
|
if (nsIFrame* rootFrame = presShell->GetRootFrame()) {
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = rootFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|
#else
|
|
nsView* view = rootFrame->GetView();
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = view ? view->GetWidget() : nullptr;
|
|
#endif
|
|
int32_t auPerDevPixel = presContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
if (widget) {
|
|
nsIntRect widgetBounds;
|
|
widget->GetBounds(widgetBounds);
|
|
size = nsSize(widgetBounds.width * auPerDevPixel,
|
|
widgetBounds.height * auPerDevPixel);
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID
|
|
nsSize frameSize = aFrame->GetSize();
|
|
if (frameSize.height < size.height) {
|
|
size.height = frameSize.height;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
} else {
|
|
LayoutDeviceIntSize contentSize;
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::GetContentViewerSize(presContext, contentSize)) {
|
|
size = LayoutDevicePixel::ToAppUnits(contentSize, auPerDevPixel);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Adjust composition bounds for the size of scroll bars.
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* scrollableFrame = aFrame->GetScrollTargetFrame();
|
|
if (scrollableFrame && !LookAndFeel::GetInt(LookAndFeel::eIntID_UseOverlayScrollbars)) {
|
|
nsMargin margins = scrollableFrame->GetActualScrollbarSizes();
|
|
size.width -= margins.LeftRight();
|
|
size.height -= margins.TopBottom();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return size;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ CSSSize
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateRootCompositionSize(nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
bool aIsRootContentDocRootScrollFrame,
|
|
const FrameMetrics& aMetrics)
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (aIsRootContentDocRootScrollFrame) {
|
|
return ViewAs<LayerPixel>(aMetrics.mCompositionBounds.Size(),
|
|
PixelCastJustification::ParentLayerToLayerForRootComposition)
|
|
/ aMetrics.LayersPixelsPerCSSPixel();
|
|
}
|
|
nsPresContext* presContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
LayerSize rootCompositionSize;
|
|
nsPresContext* rootPresContext =
|
|
presContext->GetToplevelContentDocumentPresContext();
|
|
if (!rootPresContext) {
|
|
rootPresContext = presContext->GetRootPresContext();
|
|
}
|
|
nsIPresShell* rootPresShell = nullptr;
|
|
if (rootPresContext) {
|
|
// See the comments in the code that calculates the root
|
|
// composition bounds in RecordFrameMetrics.
|
|
// TODO: Reuse that code here.
|
|
nsIPresShell* rootPresShell = rootPresContext->PresShell();
|
|
if (nsIFrame* rootFrame = rootPresShell->GetRootFrame()) {
|
|
LayoutDeviceToLayerScale cumulativeResolution(
|
|
rootPresShell->GetCumulativeResolution().width);
|
|
int32_t rootAUPerDevPixel = rootPresContext->AppUnitsPerDevPixel();
|
|
LayerSize frameSize =
|
|
(LayoutDeviceRect::FromAppUnits(rootFrame->GetRect(), rootAUPerDevPixel)
|
|
* cumulativeResolution).Size();
|
|
rootCompositionSize = frameSize;
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = rootFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|
#else
|
|
nsView* view = rootFrame->GetView();
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = view ? view->GetWidget() : nullptr;
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (widget) {
|
|
nsIntRect widgetBounds;
|
|
widget->GetBounds(widgetBounds);
|
|
rootCompositionSize = LayerSize(ViewAs<LayerPixel>(widgetBounds.Size()));
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID
|
|
if (frameSize.height < rootCompositionSize.height) {
|
|
rootCompositionSize.height = frameSize.height;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
} else {
|
|
LayoutDeviceIntSize contentSize;
|
|
if (nsLayoutUtils::GetContentViewerSize(rootPresContext, contentSize)) {
|
|
LayoutDeviceToLayerScale scale(1.0f);
|
|
if (rootPresContext->GetParentPresContext()) {
|
|
gfxSize res = rootPresContext->GetParentPresContext()->PresShell()->GetCumulativeResolution();
|
|
scale = LayoutDeviceToLayerScale(res.width, res.height);
|
|
}
|
|
rootCompositionSize = contentSize * scale;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
nsIWidget* widget = aFrame->GetNearestWidget();
|
|
nsIntRect widgetBounds;
|
|
widget->GetBounds(widgetBounds);
|
|
rootCompositionSize = LayerSize(ViewAs<LayerPixel>(widgetBounds.Size()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Adjust composition size for the size of scroll bars.
|
|
nsIFrame* rootRootScrollFrame = rootPresShell ? rootPresShell->GetRootScrollFrame() : nullptr;
|
|
nsIScrollableFrame* rootScrollableFrame = nullptr;
|
|
if (rootRootScrollFrame) {
|
|
rootScrollableFrame = rootRootScrollFrame->GetScrollTargetFrame();
|
|
}
|
|
if (rootScrollableFrame && !LookAndFeel::GetInt(LookAndFeel::eIntID_UseOverlayScrollbars)) {
|
|
CSSMargin margins = CSSMargin::FromAppUnits(rootScrollableFrame->GetActualScrollbarSizes());
|
|
// Scrollbars are not subject to scaling, so CSS pixels = layer pixels for them.
|
|
rootCompositionSize.width -= margins.LeftRight();
|
|
rootCompositionSize.height -= margins.TopBottom();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return rootCompositionSize / aMetrics.LayersPixelsPerCSSPixel();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateScrollableRectForFrame(nsIScrollableFrame* aScrollableFrame, nsIFrame* aRootFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect contentBounds;
|
|
if (aScrollableFrame) {
|
|
contentBounds = aScrollableFrame->GetScrollRange();
|
|
|
|
// We ifndef the below code for Fennec because it requires special behaviour
|
|
// on the APZC side. Because Fennec has it's own PZC implementation which doesn't
|
|
// provide the special behaviour, this code will cause it to break. We can remove
|
|
// the ifndef once Fennec switches over to APZ or if we add the special handling
|
|
// to Fennec
|
|
#if !defined(MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID) || defined(MOZ_ANDROID_APZ)
|
|
nsPoint scrollPosition = aScrollableFrame->GetScrollPosition();
|
|
if (aScrollableFrame->GetScrollbarStyles().mVertical == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN) {
|
|
contentBounds.y = scrollPosition.y;
|
|
contentBounds.height = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (aScrollableFrame->GetScrollbarStyles().mHorizontal == NS_STYLE_OVERFLOW_HIDDEN) {
|
|
contentBounds.x = scrollPosition.x;
|
|
contentBounds.width = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
contentBounds.width += aScrollableFrame->GetScrollPortRect().width;
|
|
contentBounds.height += aScrollableFrame->GetScrollPortRect().height;
|
|
} else {
|
|
contentBounds = aRootFrame->GetRect();
|
|
}
|
|
return contentBounds;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ nsRect
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::CalculateExpandedScrollableRect(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRect scrollableRect =
|
|
CalculateScrollableRectForFrame(aFrame->GetScrollTargetFrame(),
|
|
aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootFrame());
|
|
nsSize compSize = CalculateCompositionSizeForFrame(aFrame);
|
|
|
|
if (aFrame == aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetRootScrollFrame()) {
|
|
// the composition size for the root scroll frame does not include the
|
|
// local resolution, so we adjust.
|
|
gfxSize res = aFrame->PresContext()->PresShell()->GetResolution();
|
|
compSize.width = NSToCoordRound(compSize.width / ((float) res.width));
|
|
compSize.height = NSToCoordRound(compSize.height / ((float) res.height));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (scrollableRect.width < compSize.width) {
|
|
scrollableRect.x = std::max(0,
|
|
scrollableRect.x - (compSize.width - scrollableRect.width));
|
|
scrollableRect.width = compSize.width;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (scrollableRect.height < compSize.height) {
|
|
scrollableRect.y = std::max(0,
|
|
scrollableRect.y - (compSize.height - scrollableRect.height));
|
|
scrollableRect.height = compSize.height;
|
|
}
|
|
return scrollableRect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::WantSubAPZC()
|
|
{
|
|
// TODO Turn this on for inprocess OMTC on all platforms
|
|
bool wantSubAPZC = gfxPrefs::AsyncPanZoomEnabled() &&
|
|
gfxPrefs::APZSubframeEnabled();
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_GONK
|
|
if (XRE_GetProcessType() != GeckoProcessType_Content) {
|
|
wantSubAPZC = false;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return wantSubAPZC;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::UsesAsyncScrolling()
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_ANDROID
|
|
// We always have async scrolling for android
|
|
return true;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return gfxPrefs::AsyncPanZoomEnabled();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::DoLogTestDataForPaint(LayerManager* aManager,
|
|
ViewID aScrollId,
|
|
const std::string& aKey,
|
|
const std::string& aValue)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aManager->GetBackendType() == LayersBackend::LAYERS_CLIENT) {
|
|
static_cast<ClientLayerManager*>(aManager)->LogTestDataForCurrentPaint(aScrollId, aKey, aValue);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsAPZTestLoggingEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
return gfxPrefs::APZTestLoggingEnabled();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SurfaceFromElementResult::SurfaceFromElementResult()
|
|
// Use safe default values here
|
|
: mIsWriteOnly(true)
|
|
, mIsStillLoading(false)
|
|
, mCORSUsed(false)
|
|
, mIsPremultiplied(true)
|
|
{
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsNonWrapperBlock(nsIFrame* aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
return GetAsBlock(aFrame) && !aFrame->IsBlockWrapper();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::NeedsPrintPreviewBackground(nsPresContext* aPresContext)
|
|
{
|
|
return aPresContext->IsRootPaginatedDocument() &&
|
|
(aPresContext->Type() == nsPresContext::eContext_PrintPreview ||
|
|
aPresContext->Type() == nsPresContext::eContext_PageLayout);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation::AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation(nsIFrame *aFrame)
|
|
{
|
|
// FIXME: Now that inflation calculations are based on the flow
|
|
// root's NCA's (nearest common ancestor of its inflatable
|
|
// descendants) width, we could probably disable inflation in
|
|
// fewer cases than we currently do.
|
|
if (aFrame->IsContainerForFontSizeInflation()) {
|
|
mPresContext = aFrame->PresContext();
|
|
mOldValue = mPresContext->mInflationDisabledForShrinkWrap;
|
|
mPresContext->mInflationDisabledForShrinkWrap = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// indicate we have nothing to restore
|
|
mPresContext = nullptr;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation::~AutoMaybeDisableFontInflation()
|
|
{
|
|
if (mPresContext) {
|
|
mPresContext->mInflationDisabledForShrinkWrap = mOldValue;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
namespace mozilla {
|
|
|
|
Rect NSRectToRect(const nsRect& aRect, double aAppUnitsPerPixel)
|
|
{
|
|
// Note that by making aAppUnitsPerPixel a double we're doing floating-point
|
|
// division using a larger type and avoiding rounding error.
|
|
return Rect(Float(aRect.x / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|
Float(aRect.y / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|
Float(aRect.width / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|
Float(aRect.height / aAppUnitsPerPixel));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Rect NSRectToSnappedRect(const nsRect& aRect, double aAppUnitsPerPixel,
|
|
const gfx::DrawTarget& aSnapDT)
|
|
{
|
|
// Note that by making aAppUnitsPerPixel a double we're doing floating-point
|
|
// division using a larger type and avoiding rounding error.
|
|
Rect rect(Float(aRect.x / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|
Float(aRect.y / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|
Float(aRect.width / aAppUnitsPerPixel),
|
|
Float(aRect.height / aAppUnitsPerPixel));
|
|
MaybeSnapToDevicePixels(rect, aSnapDT, true);
|
|
return rect;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void StrokeLineWithSnapping(const nsPoint& aP1, const nsPoint& aP2,
|
|
int32_t aAppUnitsPerDevPixel,
|
|
DrawTarget& aDrawTarget,
|
|
const Pattern& aPattern,
|
|
const StrokeOptions& aStrokeOptions,
|
|
const DrawOptions& aDrawOptions)
|
|
{
|
|
Point p1 = NSPointToPoint(aP1, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|
Point p2 = NSPointToPoint(aP2, aAppUnitsPerDevPixel);
|
|
SnapLineToDevicePixelsForStroking(p1, p2, aDrawTarget);
|
|
aDrawTarget.StrokeLine(p1, p2, aPattern, aStrokeOptions, aDrawOptions);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
namespace layout {
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
MaybeSetupTransactionIdAllocator(layers::LayerManager* aManager, nsView* aView)
|
|
{
|
|
if (aManager->GetBackendType() == layers::LayersBackend::LAYERS_CLIENT) {
|
|
layers::ClientLayerManager *manager = static_cast<layers::ClientLayerManager*>(aManager);
|
|
nsRefreshDriver *refresh = aView->GetViewManager()->GetPresShell()->GetPresContext()->RefreshDriver();
|
|
manager->SetTransactionIdAllocator(refresh);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ bool
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::IsOutlineStyleAutoEnabled()
|
|
{
|
|
static bool sOutlineStyleAutoEnabled;
|
|
static bool sOutlineStyleAutoPrefCached = false;
|
|
|
|
if (!sOutlineStyleAutoPrefCached) {
|
|
sOutlineStyleAutoPrefCached = true;
|
|
Preferences::AddBoolVarCache(&sOutlineStyleAutoEnabled,
|
|
"layout.css.outline-style-auto.enabled",
|
|
false);
|
|
}
|
|
return sOutlineStyleAutoEnabled;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* static */ void
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::SetBSizeFromFontMetrics(const nsIFrame* aFrame,
|
|
nsHTMLReflowMetrics& aMetrics,
|
|
const nsHTMLReflowState& aReflowState,
|
|
LogicalMargin aFramePadding,
|
|
WritingMode aLineWM,
|
|
WritingMode aFrameWM)
|
|
{
|
|
nsRefPtr<nsFontMetrics> fm;
|
|
float inflation = nsLayoutUtils::FontSizeInflationFor(aFrame);
|
|
nsLayoutUtils::GetFontMetricsForFrame(aFrame, getter_AddRefs(fm), inflation);
|
|
|
|
if (fm) {
|
|
// Compute final height of the frame.
|
|
//
|
|
// Do things the standard css2 way -- though it's hard to find it
|
|
// in the css2 spec! It's actually found in the css1 spec section
|
|
// 4.4 (you will have to read between the lines to really see
|
|
// it).
|
|
//
|
|
// The height of our box is the sum of our font size plus the top
|
|
// and bottom border and padding. The height of children do not
|
|
// affect our height.
|
|
aMetrics.SetBlockStartAscent(fm->MaxAscent());
|
|
aMetrics.BSize(aLineWM) = fm->MaxHeight();
|
|
} else {
|
|
NS_WARNING("Cannot get font metrics - defaulting sizes to 0");
|
|
aMetrics.SetBlockStartAscent(aMetrics.BSize(aLineWM) = 0);
|
|
}
|
|
aMetrics.SetBlockStartAscent(aMetrics.BlockStartAscent() +
|
|
aFramePadding.BStart(aFrameWM));
|
|
aMetrics.BSize(aLineWM) +=
|
|
aReflowState.ComputedLogicalBorderPadding().BStartEnd(aFrameWM);
|
|
}
|